Table of Contents
ma
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020
☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from to .
Commission file number 001-13695
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware
16-1213679
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
5790 Widewaters Parkway, DeWitt, New York
13214-1883
(Address of principal executive offices)
(Zip Code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (315) 445-2282
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class
Trading Symbol(s)
Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, $1.00 par value per share
CBU
New York Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☒ No ☐ .
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No ☒ .
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐ .
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒ No ☐ .
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer
☒
Accelerated filer
☐
Non-accelerated filer
Smaller reporting company
Emerging growth company
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act ☐.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ☐ No ☒
The aggregate market value of the common stock, $1.00 par value per share, held by non-affiliates of the registrant computed by reference to the closing price as of the close of business on June 30, 2020 (the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter): $3,000,356,306.
The number of shares of the common stock, $1.00 par value per share, outstanding as of the close of business on January 31, 2021: 53,675,085
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE.
Portions of the Definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of the Shareholders to be held on May 13, 2021 (the “Proxy Statement”) is incorporated by reference in Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART I
Page
Item 1
Business
3
Item 1A
Risk Factors
16
Item 1B
Unresolved Staff Comments
26
Item 2
Properties
Item 3
Legal Proceedings
27
Item 4
Mine Safety Disclosures
Item 4A
Information about our Executive Officers
PART II
Item 5
Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholders Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
28
Item 6
Selected Financial Data
31
Item 7
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
32
Item 7A
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
71
Item 8
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data:
73
Consolidated Statements of Condition
74
Consolidated Statements of Income
75
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
76
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity
77
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
78
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
79
Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
136
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
137
Two Year Selected Quarterly Data
139
Item 9
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Item 9A
Controls and Procedures
Item 9B
Other Information
140
PART III
Item 10
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Item 11
Executive Compensation
Item 12
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Item 13
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Item 14
Principal Accounting Fees and Services
PART IV
Item 15
Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
141
Item 16
Form 10-K Summary
146
Signatures
147
2
Part I
This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains certain forward-looking statements with respect to the financial condition, results of operations and business of Community Bank System, Inc. These forward-looking statements by their nature address matters that involve certain risks and uncertainties. Factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from those contemplated by such forward-looking statements are set forth herein under the caption “Forward-Looking Statements.”
Item 1. Business
Community Bank System, Inc. (the “Company”) was incorporated on April 15, 1983, under the Delaware General Corporation Law. Its principal office is located at 5790 Widewaters Parkway, DeWitt, New York 13214. The Company is a registered financial holding company which wholly-owns two significant subsidiaries: Community Bank, N.A. (the “Bank” or “CBNA”), and Benefit Plans Administrative Services, Inc. (“BPAS”). As of December 31, 2020, BPAS owns five subsidiaries: Benefit Plans Administrative Services, LLC (“BPA”), a provider of defined contribution plan administration services; Northeast Retirement Services, LLC (“NRS”), a provider of institutional transfer agency, master recordkeeping services, fund administration, trust and retirement plan services; BPAS Actuarial & Pension Services, LLC (“BPAS-APS”), a provider of actuarial and benefit consulting services; BPAS Trust Company of Puerto Rico, a Puerto Rican trust company; and Hand Benefits & Trust Company (“HB&T”), a provider of collective investment fund administration and institutional trust services. NRS owns one subsidiary, Global Trust Company, Inc. (“GTC”), a non-depository trust company which provides fiduciary services for collective investment trusts and other products. HB&T owns one subsidiary, Hand Securities, Inc. (“HSI”), an introducing broker-dealer. The Company also sponsors one unconsolidated subsidiary business trust formed for the purpose of issuing mandatorily-redeemable preferred securities which are considered Tier I capital under regulatory capital adequacy guidelines.
The Bank’s business philosophy is to operate as a diversified financial services enterprise providing a broad array of banking and other financial services to retail, commercial and municipal customers. As of December 31, 2020, the Bank operates 232 full-service branches operating as Community Bank, N.A. throughout 42 counties of Upstate New York, six counties of Northeastern Pennsylvania, 12 counties of Vermont and one county of Western Massachusetts, offering a range of commercial and retail banking services. The Bank owns the following operating subsidiaries: The Carta Group, Inc. (“Carta Group”), CBNA Preferred Funding Corporation (“PFC”), CBNA Treasury Management Corporation (“TMC”), Community Investment Services, Inc. (“CISI”), Nottingham Advisors, Inc. (“Nottingham”), OneGroup NY, Inc. (“OneGroup”), OneGroup Wealth Partners, Inc. (“Wealth Partners”) and Oneida Preferred Funding II LLC (“OPFC II”). OneGroup is a full-service insurance agency offering personal and commercial lines of insurance and other risk management products and services. PFC and OPFC II primarily act as investors in residential and commercial real estate activities. TMC provides cash management, investment, and treasury services to the Bank. CISI, Carta Group and Wealth Partners provide broker-dealer and investment advisory services. Nottingham provides asset management services to individuals, corporations, corporate pension and profit sharing plans, and foundations.
The Company maintains a website at cbna.com. Annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports, are available on the Company’s website free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after such reports or amendments are electronically filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). The information posted on the website is not incorporated into or a part of this filing. Copies of all documents filed with the SEC can also be obtained by visiting the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549, by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 or by accessing the SEC’s website at https://www.sec.gov.
Acquisition History (2016-2020)
Steuben Trust Corporation
On June 12, 2020, the Company completed its merger with Steuben Trust Corporation (“Steuben”), parent company of Steuben Trust Company, a New York State chartered bank headquartered in Hornell, New York, for $98.6 million in Company stock and cash, comprised of $21.6 million in cash and the issuance of 1.36 million shares of common stock. The merger extended the Company’s footprint into two new counties in Western New York State, and enhanced the Company’s presence in four Western New York State counties in which it currently operates. In connection with the merger, the Company added 11 full-service offices to its branch service network and acquired $607.8 million of assets, including $339.7 million of loans and $180.5 million of investment securities, as well as $516.3 million of deposits. Goodwill of $20.2 million was recognized as a result of the merger.
Financial Services Practice – Syracuse, NY
On September 18, 2019, the Company, through its subsidiary, CISI, completed its acquisition of certain assets of a practice engaged in the financial services business headquartered in Syracuse, New York. The Company paid $0.5 million in cash to acquire a customer list, and recorded a $0.5 million customer list intangible asset in conjunction with the acquisition.
Kinderhook Bank Corp.
On July 12, 2019, the Company completed its merger with Kinderhook Bank Corp. (“Kinderhook”), parent company of The National Union Bank of Kinderhook, headquartered in Kinderhook, New York, for $93.4 million in cash. The merger added 11 branch locations across a five county area in the Capital District of Upstate New York. The merger resulted in the acquisition of $642.8 million of assets, including $479.9 million of loans and $39.8 million of investment securities, as well as $568.2 million of deposits and $40.0 million in goodwill.
Wealth Resources Network, Inc.
On January 2, 2019, the Company, through its subsidiary, CISI, completed its acquisition of certain assets of Wealth Resources Network, Inc. (“Wealth Resources”), a financial services business headquartered in Liverpool, New York. The Company paid $1.2 million in cash to acquire a customer list from Wealth Resources, and recorded a $1.2 million customer list intangible asset in conjunction with the acquisition.
HR Consultants, LLC
On April 2, 2018, the Company, through its subsidiary, BPAS, acquired certain assets of HR Consultants (SA), LLC (“HR Consultants”), a provider of actuarial and benefit consulting services headquartered in Puerto Rico. The Company paid $0.3 million in cash to acquire the assets of HR Consultants and recorded intangible assets of $0.3 million in conjunction with the acquisition.
Penna & Associates Agency, Inc.
On January 2, 2018, the Company, through its subsidiary, OneGroup, completed its acquisition of certain assets of Penna & Associates Agency, Inc. (“Penna”), an insurance agency headquartered in Johnson City, New York. The Company paid $0.8 million in cash to acquire the assets of Penna, and recorded goodwill in the amount of $0.3 million and a customer list intangible asset of $0.3 million in conjunction with the acquisition.
Styles Bridges Associates
On January 2, 2018, the Company, through its subsidiary, CISI, completed its acquisition of certain assets of Styles Bridges Associates (“Styles Bridges”), a financial services business headquartered in Canton, New York. The Company paid $0.7 million in cash to acquire a customer list from Styles Bridges, and recorded a $0.7 million customer list intangible asset in conjunction with the acquisition.
Gordon B. Roberts Agency, Inc.
On December 4, 2017, the Company, through its subsidiary, OneGroup, completed its acquisition of Gordon B. Roberts Agency, Inc. (“GBR”), an insurance agency headquartered in Oneonta, New York for $3.7 million in Company stock and cash, comprised of $1.35 million in cash and the issuance of 0.04 million shares of common stock. The transaction resulted in the acquisition of $0.6 million of assets, $0.6 million of other liabilities, goodwill in the amount of $2.1 million and other intangible assets of $1.6 million.
Northeast Capital Management, Inc.
On November 17, 2017, the Company, through its subsidiary, CISI, completed its acquisition of certain assets of Northeast Capital Management, Inc. (“NECM”), a financial services business headquartered in Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania. The Company paid $1.2 million in cash to acquire a customer list from NECM, and recorded a $1.2 million customer list intangible asset in conjunction with the acquisition.
Merchants Bancshares, Inc.
On May 12, 2017, the Company completed its acquisition of Merchants Bancshares, Inc. (“Merchants”), parent company of Merchants Bank headquartered in South Burlington, Vermont, for $345.2 million in Company stock and cash, comprised of $82.9 million in cash and the issuance of 4.68 million shares of common stock. The acquisition extended the Company’s footprint into the Vermont and Western Massachusetts markets with the addition of 31 branch locations in Vermont and one location in Massachusetts. This transaction resulted in the acquisition of $2.0 billion of assets, including $1.49 billion of loans and $370.6 million of investment securities, as well as $1.45 billion of deposits and $189.0 million in goodwill.
4
Dryfoos Insurance Agency, Inc.
On March 1, 2017, the Company, through its subsidiary, OneGroup, completed its acquisition of certain assets of Dryfoos Insurance Agency, Inc. (“Dryfoos”), an insurance agency headquartered in Hazleton, Pennsylvania. The Company paid $3.0 million in cash to acquire the assets of Dryfoos, and recorded goodwill in the amount of $1.7 million and other intangible assets of $1.7 million in conjunction with the acquisition.
Northeast Retirement Services, Inc.
On February 3, 2017, the Company completed its acquisition of NRS and its subsidiary GTC, headquartered in Woburn, Massachusetts, for $148.6 million in Company stock and cash, comprised of $70.1 million in cash and the issuance of 1.32 million shares of common stock. NRS was a privately held corporation focused on providing institutional transfer agency, master recordkeeping services, custom target date fund administration, trust product administration and customized reporting services to institutional clients. Its wholly-owned subsidiary, GTC, is chartered in the State of Maine as a non-depository trust company and provides fiduciary services for collective investment trusts and other products. The acquisition of NRS and GTC, hereafter referred to collectively as NRS, strengthens and complements the Company’s existing employee benefit services businesses. Upon the completion of the merger, NRS became a wholly-owned subsidiary of BPAS and operates as Northeast Retirement Services, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company. This transaction resulted in the acquisition of $36.1 million in net tangible assets, principally cash and certificates of deposit, $60.2 million in customer list intangibles that will be amortized over 10 years, the creation of a $23.0 million deferred tax liability associated with the customer list intangible and $75.3 million in goodwill.
Benefits Advisory Service, Inc.
On January 1, 2017, the Company, through its subsidiary, OneGroup, acquired certain assets of Benefits Advisory Service, Inc. (“BAS”), a benefits consulting group headquartered in Forest Hills, New York. The Company paid $1.2 million in cash to acquire the assets of BAS and recorded intangible assets of $1.2 million in conjunction with the acquisition.
WJL Agencies, Inc.
On January 4, 2016, the Company, through its subsidiary, CBNA Insurance Agency, Inc., completed its acquisition of WJL Agencies, Inc. doing business as The Clark Insurance Agencies (“WJL”), an insurance agency operating in Canton, New York. The Company paid $0.6 million in cash for the intangible assets of the company. Goodwill in the amount of $0.3 million and intangible assets in the amount of $0.3 million were recorded in conjunction with the acquisition. On August 19, 2016, the Company merged together its insurance subsidiaries and as of that date, CBNA Insurance Agency, Inc. was merged into OneGroup.
Services
Banking
The Bank is a community bank committed to the philosophy of serving the financial needs of customers in local communities. The Bank's branches are generally located in smaller towns and cities within its geographic market areas of Upstate New York, Northeastern Pennsylvania, Vermont and Western Massachusetts. The Company believes that the local character of its business, knowledge of the customers and their needs, and its comprehensive retail and business products, together with responsive decision-making at the branch, regional levels and its digital banking service offerings, enable the Bank to compete effectively in its geographic market. The Bank is a member of the Federal Reserve System, the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York and the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston (as a non-member bank) (collectively, referred to as “FHLB”), and its deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) up to applicable limits.
Employee Benefit Services
Through BPAS and its subsidiaries, the Company operates a national practice that provides employee benefit trust, collective investment fund, retirement plan administration, fund administration, transfer agency, actuarial, VEBA/HRA and health and welfare consulting services to a diverse array of clients spanning the United States and Puerto Rico.
Wealth Management
Through the Bank, its trust department, CISI, Carta Group, Nottingham, and Wealth Partners, the Company provides wealth management, retirement planning, higher educational planning, fiduciary, risk management, trust services and personal financial planning services. The Company offers investment alternatives including stocks, bonds, mutual funds, insurance and advisory products.
5
Insurance Agency
Through OneGroup, the Company offers personal and commercial lines of insurance and other risk management products and services. In addition, OneGroup offers employee benefit related services. OneGroup represents many leading insurance companies.
Segment Information
The Company has identified three reportable operating business segments: Banking, Employee Benefit Services, and All Other. Included in the All Other segment are the smaller Wealth Management and Insurance operations. Information about the Company’s reportable business segments is included in Note U of the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” filed herewith in Part II.
Competition
The banking and financial services industry is highly competitive in the New York, Pennsylvania, Vermont and Massachusetts markets. The Company competes actively for loans, deposits, and financial services relationships with other national and state banks, thrift institutions, credit unions, retail brokerage firms, mortgage bankers, finance companies, including, financial technology companies, insurance agencies, and other regulated and unregulated providers of financial services. In order to compete with other financial service providers, the Company stresses the community nature of its operations and the development of profitable customer relationships across all lines of business.
The Company’s employee benefit trust and plan administration business competes on a national scale and provides geographic diversification for the Company. Certain lines of business are marketed primarily through unaffiliated financial advisors, while others are marketed directly to plan sponsors and fund companies. In order to compete with large national firms, the Company stresses its consultative approach to complex engagements.
6
The table below summarizes the Bank’s deposits and market share by the 61 counties of New York, Pennsylvania, Vermont, and Massachusetts in which it had customer facilities as of June 30, 2020. Market share is based on deposits of all commercial banks, credit unions, savings and loan associations, and savings banks.
Number of
Towns Where
Company Has 1st
Deposits as of 6/30/2020(1)
Market
Towns/
or 2nd Market
County
State
(000's omitted)
Share(1)
Branches
ATM's
Cities
Position
Grand Isle
VT
$
46,151
100.00
%
Allegany
NY
573,269
77.87
12
11
Lewis
228,542
73.69
Hamilton
60,664
56.08
Franklin
400,704
55.42
Madison
442,410
45.98
8
Cattaraugus
737,672
41.91
9
7
Otsego
378,178
29.67
Saint Lawrence
540,472
25.08
13
10
Jefferson
510,003
22.74
Schuyler
55,195
Yates
108,328
22.64
Seneca
142,632
22.10
Wyoming
PA
168,917
21.97
Clinton
389,984
20.83
Livingston
242,127
20.75
Columbia
266,021
19.69
Chautauqua
449,662
19.30
Essex
148,981
15.31
Orange
53,712
13.86
Steuben
429,928
12.49
Oswego
204,247
11.48
Wayne
155,907
10.86
Addison
72,930
10.05
Ontario
274,517
9.57
Caledonia
71,316
9.32
138,190
8.90
Bennington
86,008
8.83
0
Tioga
43,849
8.55
Herkimer
62,676
7.77
Montgomery
66,005
7.67
Rutland
126,651
7.47
Chittenden
603,286
7.46
49,485
6.50
Luzerne
502,977
6.49
Lackawanna
444,531
6.17
Chemung
77,888
5.71
Fulton
57,261
5.66
Susquehanna
63,506
5.50
Carbon
52,696
5.15
Schoharie
22,916
4.31
Lamoille
30,841
4.05
Oneida
283,239
3.84
Windsor
58,230
3.79
Cayuga
50,362
3.50
Bradford
47,554
3.32
Windham
51,112
3.29
Washington
23,019
2.75
94,028
2.46
Rensselaer
60,304
2.33
Onondaga
362,626
2.32
Chenango
25,901
2.21
Warren
40,364
1.59
24,017
1.39
Ulster
30,564
0.61
Broome
40,912
0.55
Erie
195,968
0.32
Albany
83,278
0.31
Hampden
MA
46,150
0.29
Tompkins
5,240
0.14
Monroe
7,847
0.03
11,111,950
4.41
238
273
201
132
Employees and Human Capital
As of December 31, 2020, the Company had 3,047 total employees, which included 2,807 full-time employees and 240 part-time and temporary employees. Of the Company’s 3,047 employees, 2,431 are in the Banking segment (2,213 full-time employees and 218 part-time and temporary employees), 367 employees are in the Employee Benefit Services segment (354 full-time employees and 13 part-time and temporary employees), and 249 employees are in the All Other segment (240 full-time employees and 9 part-time and temporary employees).
The success and growth of our business is largely dependent on our ability to attract, develop, and retain a population of talented and high-performing employees with a diversity of background and skill sets at all levels of our organization. Accordingly, the Company strives to offer competitive salaries and benefits that are consistent with employee positions, skill levels, experience, and geographic location. The Company is proud to offer an array of incentive compensation in which all employees have an opportunity to earn various forms of supplemental pay as a reward for their overall contributions towards the Company’s financial objectives. Additionally, the Company offers a wellness program aimed at providing tools, resources, and encouragement to support its employees’ physical and mental well-being.
The Company continues to broaden the scope of its talent development initiatives across our widening geographically diverse footprint in order to sustain a value-driven and growth-oriented environment where employees can perform at their peak and the next generation of leaders are prepared to lead. The Company offers an array of programs and continuing education dedicated to strengthen employee engagement, personal accountability, productivity, and emotional well-being including customized programs supporting an overall strategy of strong workforce planning, growth-focused coaching sessions, career-path roadmaps and curated learning resources.
The Company is committed to fostering a workforce in an inclusive environment that enhances the culture of shared identity, civility, dignity, and respect. In 2020, the Company launched a company-wide Diversity Council to lead this effort and provide strategic direction and advocacy for these initiatives. The Council’s members play a vital role in creating the Company’s diversity initiatives and are comprised of employees from various areas of the Company’s business and geographic locations. The Council members, along with other employees who volunteer to act as “Council Ambassadors,” are responsible for advancing the Council’s message within their own network of employees. Their efforts demonstrate the Company’s commitment to creating a work environment where everyone feels welcomed, valued, and fully engaged to contribute their unique talents and transform that deeper understanding into the organization’s culture.
As the COVID-19 events unfolded throughout 2020, the Company implemented various plans, strategies and protocols to protect its employees, customers and stakeholders, among other objectives. In order to protect its employees and assure workforce continuity and operational redundancy, the Company imposed business travel restrictions, implemented quarantine and work from home protocols and physically separated, to the extent possible, the critical operations workforce that are unable to work remotely. To limit the risk of virus spread, the Company implemented enhanced cleaning and sanitation processes for both branches and office administration spaces and implemented drive-thru only and by appointment operating protocols as needed for its extensive bank branch network. As of December 31, 2020, the Company is pleased to report there have been no employee layoffs or furloughs. The safety of its customers, employees, stakeholders and communities will always remain the Company’s top priority.
The Company considers its relationship with its employees to be good. The Company has not experienced any material employment-related issues or interruptions of services due to labor disagreements. None of the Company’s employees are represented by a labor union or are represented by a collective bargaining agreement.
Supervision and Regulation
General
The banking industry is highly regulated with numerous statutory and regulatory requirements that are designed primarily for the protection of depositors and the financial system, and not for the purpose of protecting shareholders. Set forth below is a description of the material laws and regulations applicable to the Company and the Bank. This summary is not complete and the reader should refer to these laws and regulations for more detailed information. The Company’s and the Bank’s failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations could result in a range of sanctions and administrative actions imposed upon the Company and/or the Bank, including restriction to merger and acquisition activity, the imposition of civil money penalties, formal agreements and cease and desist orders. Changes in applicable law or regulations, and in their interpretation and application by regulatory agencies, cannot be predicted, and may have a material effect on the Company’s business and results.
The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to the laws and regulations of the federal government and where applicable the states and jurisdictions in which they conduct business. The Company, as a bank holding company, is subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“FRB”) as its primary federal regulator. The Bank is a nationally-chartered bank and is subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) as its primary federal regulator, and as to certain matters, the FRB, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”), and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”).
The Company is also subject to the jurisdiction of the SEC and is subject to disclosure and regulatory requirements under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The Company’s common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) and it is subject to NYSE’s rules for listed companies. Affiliated entities, including BPAS, GTC, HB&T, HSI, BPAS Trust Company of Puerto Rico, Nottingham, CISI, OneGroup, Carta Group, and Wealth Partners are subject to the jurisdiction of certain state and federal regulators and self-regulatory organizations including, but not limited to, the SEC, the Texas Department of Banking, the State of Maine Bureau of Financial Institutions, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”), Puerto Rico Office of the Commissioner of Financial Institutions, and state securities and insurance regulators.
Federal Bank Holding Company Regulation
The Company was a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, (the “BHC Act”), and became a financial holding company effective September 30, 2015. As a bank holding company that has elected to become a financial holding company, the Company can affiliate with securities firms and insurance companies and engage in other activities that are “financial in nature” or “incidental” or “complementary” to activities that are financial in nature, as long as it continues to meet the eligibility requirements for financial holding companies (including requirements that the financial holding company and its depository institution subsidiary maintain their status as “well capitalized” and “well managed”).
Generally, FRB approval is not required for the Company to acquire a company (other than a bank holding company, bank or savings association) engaged in activities that are financial in nature or incidental to activities that are financial in nature, as determined by the FRB. Prior notice to the FRB may be required, however, if the company to be acquired has total consolidated assets of $10 billion or more. Prior FRB approval is required before the Company may acquire the beneficial ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares or substantially all of the assets of a bank holding company, bank or savings association.
Because the Company is a financial holding company, if the Bank were to receive a rating under the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977, as amended (“CRA”), of less than Satisfactory, the Company will be prohibited, until the rating is raised to Satisfactory or better, from engaging in new activities or acquiring companies other than bank holding companies, banks or savings associations, except that the Company could engage in new activities, or acquire companies engaged in activities, that are considered “closely related to banking” under the BHC Act. In addition, if the FRB determines that the Company or the Bank is not well capitalized or well managed, the Company would be required to enter into an agreement with the FRB to comply with all applicable capital and management requirements and may contain additional limitations or conditions. Until corrected, the Company could be prohibited from engaging in any new activity or acquiring companies engaged in activities that are not closely related to banking, absent prior FRB approval.
Federal Reserve System Regulation
Because the Company is a financial holding company, it is subject to regulatory capital requirements and required by the FRB to, among other things, maintain cash reserves against its deposits. Effective on March 26, 2020, the FRB reduced this cash reserve requirement to zero percent to help support lending to households and businesses as a result of the impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic. The Bank is under similar capital requirements administered by the OCC as discussed below. FRB policy has historically required a financial holding company to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to its subsidiary banks. The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) codifies this historical policy as a statutory requirement. To the extent the Bank is in need of capital, the Company could be expected to provide additional capital, including borrowings from the FRB for such purpose. Both the Company and the Bank are subject to extensive supervision and regulation, which focus on, among other things, the protection of depositors’ funds.
The FRB also regulates the national supply of bank credit in order to influence general economic conditions. These policies have a significant influence on overall growth and distribution of loans, investments and deposits, and affect the interest rates charged on loans or paid for deposits.
Fluctuations in interest rates, which may result from government fiscal policies and the monetary policies of the FRB, have a strong impact on the income derived from loans and securities, and interest paid on deposits and borrowings. While the Company and the Bank strive to model various interest rate changes and adjust its strategies for such changes, the level of earnings can be materially affected by economic circumstances beyond its control.
The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency Regulation
The Bank is supervised and regularly examined by the OCC. The various laws and regulations administered by the OCC affect the Company’s practices such as payment of dividends, incurring debt, and acquisition of financial institutions and other companies. It also affects the Bank’s business practices, such as payment of interest on deposits, the charging of interest on loans, types of business conducted and the location of its offices. The OCC generally prohibits a depository institution from making any capital distributions, including the payment of a dividend, or paying any management fee to its parent holding company if the depository institution would become undercapitalized due to the payment. Undercapitalized institutions are subject to growth limitations and are required to submit a capital restoration plan to the OCC. The Bank is well capitalized under regulatory standards administered by the OCC. For additional information on our capital requirements see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Shareholders’ Equity” and Note P to the Financial Statements.
Federal Home Loan Bank
The Bank is a member of the FHLB, which provides a central credit facility primarily for member institutions for home mortgage and neighborhood lending. The Bank is subject to the rules and requirements of the FHLB, including the purchase of shares of FHLB activity-based stock in the amount of 4.5% of the dollar amount of outstanding advances and FHLB capital stock in an amount equal to the greater of $1,000 or the sum of 0.15% of the mortgage-related assets held by the Bank based upon the previous year-end financial information. The Bank was in compliance with the rules and requirements of the FHLB at December 31, 2020.
Deposit Insurance
Deposits of the Bank are insured up to the applicable limits by the Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”) and are subject to deposit insurance assessments to maintain the DIF. The Dodd-Frank Act permanently increased the maximum amount of deposit insurance to $250,000 per deposit category, per depositor, per institution. A depository institution’s DIF assessment is calculated by multiplying its assessment rate by the assessment base, which is defined as the average consolidated total assets less the average tangible equity of the depository institution. The initial base assessment rate is based on its capital level and supervisory ratings (its “CAMELS ratings”), certain financial measures to assess an institution’s ability to withstand asset related stress and funding related stress and, in some cases, additional discretionary adjustments by the FDIC to reflect additional risk factors. The Bank’s adjusted average consolidated total assets for 4 consecutive quarters exceeded $10.0 billion in 2018, which resulted in a deposit insurance assessment based on a large institution classification, rather than the small institution classification for years prior to 2018.
For large insured depository institutions, generally defined as those with at least $10 billion in total assets, the FDIC has eliminated risk categories when calculating the initial base assessment rates and now combine CAMELS ratings and financial measures into two scorecards to calculate assessment rates, one for most large insured depository institutions and another for highly complex insured depository institutions (which are generally those with more than $50 billion in total assets that are controlled by a parent company with more than $500 billion in total assets). Each scorecard has two components - a performance score and loss severity score, which are combined and converted to an initial assessment rate. The FDIC has the ability to adjust a large or highly complex insured depository institution’s total score by a maximum of 15 points, up or down, based upon significant risk factors that are not captured by the scorecard. Under the current assessment rate schedule, the initial base assessment rate for large and highly complex insured depository institutions ranges from three to 30 basis points, and the total base assessment rate, after applying the unsecured debt and brokered deposit adjustments, ranges from one and one-half to 40 basis points. The Bank’s FDIC insurance for 2020 was based on an assessment rate of three basis points.
In October 2010, the FDIC adopted a DIF restoration plan to ensure that the fund reserve ratio reached 1.35% by September 30, 2020, as required by the Dodd-Frank Act. In September 2018, the DIF reserve ratio reached 1.36%, exceeding the required reserve ratio of 1.35% ahead of the September 30, 2020 deadline. Since the DIF reserve ratio remained above 1.35% in 2019, the Bank was permitted to offset its FDIC insurance assessments in 2019 with Small Bank Assessment Credits issued by the FDIC in January 2019. The Bank offset $1.5 million of FDIC insurance assessments in 2019 with Small Bank Assessment Credits. FDIC insurance expense net of Small Bank Assessment Credits in 2020 totaled $2.7 million, compared to $1.4 million in 2019 and $3.2 million in 2018.
Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, if the FDIC finds that an institution has engaged in unsafe and unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC, the FDIC may determine that such violation or unsafe or unsound practice or condition require the termination of deposit insurance.
Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010
On July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Act was signed into law, which resulted in significant changes to the banking industry. As discussed further throughout this section, certain aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act are subject to implementing rules that have been taking effect over several years.
The Dodd-Frank Act contains numerous provisions that affect all banks and bank holding companies and impacts how the Company and the Bank handle their operations. The Dodd-Frank Act requires various federal agencies, including those that regulate the Company and the Bank, to promulgate new rules and regulations and to conduct various studies and reports for Congress. The federal agencies have either completed or are in the process of completing these rules and regulations and have been given significant discretion in drafting such rules and regulations. Several of the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act may have the consequence of increasing the Bank’s expenses, decreasing its revenues, and changing the activities in which it chooses to engage. The specific impact of the Dodd-Frank Act on the Company’s current activities or new financial activities the Company may consider in the future, the Company’s financial performance, and the markets in which the Company operates depends on the manner in which the relevant agencies continue to develop and implement the required rules and regulations and the reaction of market participants to these regulatory developments.
Pursuant to FRB regulations mandated by the Dodd-Frank Act, interchange fees on debit card transactions are limited to a maximum of $0.21 per transaction plus 5 basis points of the transaction amount. A debit card issuer may recover an additional one cent per transaction for fraud prevention purposes if the issuer complies with certain fraud-related requirements prescribed by the FRB. The FRB also adopted requirements in the final rule that issuers include two unaffiliated networks for routing debit transactions that are applicable to the Company and the Bank. The Company became subject to the interchange fee cap mandated by the Dodd-Frank Act beginning on July 1, 2018. As such, the fees the Company received on and after July 1, 2018 for an electronic debit transaction were capped at the statutory limit. Prior to July 1, 2018, the Company was exempt from the interchange fee cap under the "small issuer" exemption, which applies to any debit card issuer with total worldwide assets (including those of its affiliates) of less than $10 billion as of the end of the previous calendar year.
The Dodd-Frank Act established the CFPB and empowered it to exercise broad rulemaking, supervision, and enforcement authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws. Since the Bank’s total consolidated assets exceed $10 billion the Bank is subject to the direct supervision of the CFPB. The CFPB has issued numerous regulations and amendments under which the Company and the Bank may continue to incur additional expense in connection with its ongoing compliance obligations. Significant recent CFPB developments that may affect operations and compliance costs include:
The final rules issued by the FRB, SEC, OCC, FDIC, and Commodity Futures Trading Commission implementing Section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Act (commonly known as the Volcker Rule) prohibit insured depository institutions and companies affiliated with insured depository institutions from engaging in short-term proprietary trading of certain securities, derivatives, commodity futures and options on these instruments, for their own account. The final rules also imposes limits on banking entities’ investments in, and other relationships with, hedge funds or private equity funds.
As of October 2019, the five federal agencies identified above with rulemaking authority with respect to the Volcker Rule finalized amendments to the proprietary trading provisions of the Volcker Rule. These amendments tailor the Volcker Rule’s compliance requirements to the amount of a firm’s trading activity, revise the definition of trading account, clarify certain key provisions in the Volcker Rule, and modify the information companies are required to provide the federal agencies. These amendments to the Volcker Rule are not material to the Company’s investing and trading activities.
On January 30, 2020, the five federal agencies proposed additional amendments to the Volcker Rule related to the restrictions on ownership interests and relationships with covered funds. The ultimate benefits or consequences of these amendments will depend on their final form, which the Company cannot predict.
In May of 2018, the Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief, and Consumer Protection Act (“Economic Growth Act”) was enacted to amend the Dodd-Frank Act and modify certain post-crisis regulatory requirements, including a variety of provisions intended to promote economic growth, provide tailored regulatory relief for smaller and less complex financial institutions, and enhance consumer protections. Among other things, the law raised the asset size threshold for the filing of required company-run stress tests that the Dodd-Frank Act had applied to the Company and the Bank, from $10 billion to $250 billion in total assets. As implemented by the federal banking agencies, these changes became effective in 2018 for banking organizations with total assets of less than $100 billion, such as the Bank.
The ongoing effects of the Dodd-Frank Act, as well as the recent and possible future changes to the regulatory framework as a result of the Economic Growth Act and future proposals make it difficult to assess the overall financial impact of the Dodd-Frank Act and related regulatory developments on the Company and the banking industry. As a result, the Company cannot predict the ultimate impact of the Dodd-Frank Act on the Company or the Bank, including the extent to which it could increase costs or limit the Company’s ability to pursue business opportunities in an efficient manner, or otherwise adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of operations. Nor can the Company predict the impact or substance of other future legislation or regulation. However, it is expected that future legislation or regulation at a minimum will increase the Company’s and the Bank’s operating and compliance costs. As rules and regulations continue to be implemented or issued, the Company may need to dedicate additional resources to ensure compliance, which may increase its costs of operations and adversely impact its earnings.
Capital Requirements
The Company and the Bank are required to comply with applicable capital adequacy standards established by the federal banking agencies. In July 2013, the FRB, the OCC and the FDIC approved final rules (the “Capital Rules”) establishing a new comprehensive capital framework for U.S. banking organizations. These rules went into effect for the Company and the Bank on January 1, 2015, subject to phase-in periods for certain components.
The Capital Rules implement the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision’s (the “Basel Committee”) December 2010 capital framework (known as “Basel III”) for strengthening international capital standards as well as certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. The Capital Rules substantially revised the risk-based capital requirements applicable to bank holding companies and depository institutions, including the Company and the Bank, compared to the previous U.S. Basel I risk-based capital rules. The Capital Rules define the components of capital and address other issues in banking institutions regulatory capital ratios and replace the Basel I risk-weighting approach, with a more risk-sensitive one, based in part, on the standardized approach set forth in “Basel II”. The Capital Rules also implement the requirements of Section 939A of the Dodd-Frank Act to remove references to credit ratings from the Federal banking agencies’ rules.
The Capital Rules, among other things: (i) introduces as a capital measure “Common Equity Tier 1,” (“CET1”), (ii) specify that Tier 1 capital consists of CET1 and “Additional Tier 1 capital” instruments meeting specified revised requirements, (iii) defines CET1 narrowly by requiring that most deductions/adjustments to regulatory capital measures be made to CET1 and not to the other components of capital, and (iv) expands the scope of the deductions from and adjustments to capital as compared to existing regulations. Under the Capital Rules, the most common form of Additional Tier 1 capital is non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, and the most common form of Tier 2 capital is subordinated notes and a portion of the allowance for credit losses, in each case, subject to the Capital Rules specific requirements.
Under the Capital Rules, the minimum capital ratios as of January 1, 2016 are as follows:
Beginning in 2016, the Capital Rules required the Company and the Bank to maintain a “capital conservation buffer” composed entirely of CET1. When it was fully phased-in at the beginning of 2019, banking organizations were required to maintain a minimum capital conservation buffer of 2.5% (CET1 to Total risk-weighted assets), in addition to the minimum risk-based capital ratios. Therefore, to satisfy both the minimum risk-based capital ratios and the capital conservation buffer, a banking organization is required to maintain the following: (i) CET1 to total risk-weighted assets of at least 7%, (ii) Tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets of at least 8.5%, and (iii) Total capital (Tier 1 capital plus Tier 2 capital) to total risk-weighted assets of at least 10.5%. The capital conservation buffer is designed to absorb losses during periods of economic stress. Banking institutions that do not maintain a capital conservation buffer of 2.5% or more will face constraints on dividends, common share repurchases and incentive compensation based on the amount of the shortfall.
The Capital Rules provide for a number of deductions from and adjustments to CET1. These include, for example, the requirement that mortgage servicing rights, deferred tax assets dependent upon future taxable income and significant investments in non-consolidated financial entities be deducted from CET1 to the extent that any one such category exceeds 10% of CET1 or all such categories in the aggregate exceed 15% of CET1. Under the Capital Rules, the effects of certain accumulated other comprehensive income or loss items are not excluded for the purposes of determining regulatory capital; however, banks not using the advanced approach, including the Company and the Bank, were permitted to, and in the case of the Company and the Bank they did, make a one-time permanent election to continue to exclude these items.
Consistent with Section 171 of the Dodd-Frank Act, the Capital Rules allow certain bank holding companies to include certain hybrid securities, such as trust preferred securities, in Tier 1 capital if they had less than $15 billion in assets as of December 31, 2009 and the securities were issued before May 19, 2010. Accordingly, the trust preferred securities on the Company’s balance sheet will be included as Tier 1 capital while they are outstanding, unless the Company completes an acquisition of a depository institution holding company that did not meet this criteria, or are acquired by such an organization, after January 1, 2014, at which time they would be subject to the stated phase-out requirements of the Capital Rules and would be included as Tier 2 capital.
Implementation of the deductions and other adjustments to CET1 began on January 1, 2015 and were phased-in over a 4-year period (beginning at 40% on January 1, 2015 and an additional 20% per year thereafter). The implementation of the capital conservation buffer began on January 1, 2016 at the 0.625% level and was phased in over a four-year period (increasing by that amount on each subsequent January 1, until it reached 2.5% on January 1, 2019).
With respect to the Bank, the Capital Rules also revised the prompt corrective action (“PCA”) regulations established pursuant to Section 38 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, by (i) introducing a CET1 ratio requirement for each capital category other than critically undercapitalized, with the required CET1 ratio being 6.5% for well-capitalized status; (ii) increasing the minimum Tier 1 capital ratio requirement for each capital category, with the minimum Tier 1 capital ratio for well-capitalized status being 8.0%; and (iii) eliminating the current provision that allows certain highly-rated banking organizations to maintain a 3.0% leverage ratio and still be adequately capitalized. The Capital Rules do not change the Total risk-based PCA capital requirement for any capital category.
The Capital Rules prescribe a standardized approach for risk weighted-assets that expands the risk-weight categories from the four Basel I-derived categories (0%, 20%, 50% and 100%) to a larger and more risk-sensitive number of categories, depending on the nature of the asset. The risk-weight categories generally range from 0% for U.S. government and agency securities, to 1,250% for certain securitized exposures, and result in higher risk weights for a variety of asset categories. The standardized approach requires financial institutions to transition assets that are 90 days or more past due or on nonaccrual from their original risk weight to 150 percent. Additionally, loans designated as high volatility commercial real estate (“HVCRE”) are assigned a risk-weighting of 150 percent.
Requirements to maintain higher levels of capital or to maintain higher levels of liquid assets could adversely impact the Company’s net income and return on equity. The current requirements and the Company’s actual capital levels are detailed in Note P of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” filed in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”
Consumer Protection Laws
In connection with its banking activities, the Bank is subject to a number of federal and state laws designed to protect borrowers and promote lending to various sectors of the economy. These laws include but are not limited to the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (“GLB Act”), the Fair Credit Reporting Act (“FCRA”), the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act of 2003 (“FACT Act”), Electronic Funds Transfer Act, the Truth in Lending Act, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the Dodd-Frank Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, the Secure and Fair Enforcement for Mortgage Licensing Act (“SAFE”), the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act (“SCRA”), the Military Lending Act (“MLA”), and various state law counterparts.
The Dodd-Frank Act created the CFPB with broad powers to supervise and enforce consumer protection laws, including laws that apply to banks in order to prohibit unfair, deceptive or abusive acts or practices. The CFPB has examination authority over all banks and savings institutions with more than $10 billion in assets. The Dodd-Frank Act also weakens the federal preemption rules that are applicable to national banks and gives attorney generals for the states certain powers to enforce federal consumer protection laws. Further, under the Dodd-Frank Act, it is unlawful for any provider of consumer financial products or services to engage in any unfair, deceptive, or abusive acts or practices (“UDAAP”). A violation of the consumer protection and privacy laws, and in particular UDAAP, could have serious legal, financial, and reputational consequences.
14
The GLB Act requires all financial institutions to adopt privacy policies, restrict the sharing of nonpublic customer data with nonaffiliated parties and establishes procedures and practices to protect customer data from unauthorized access. In addition, the FCRA, as amended by the FACT Act, includes provisions affecting the Company, the Bank, and their affiliates, including provisions concerning obtaining consumer reports, furnishing information to consumer reporting agencies, maintaining a program to prevent identity theft, sharing of certain information among affiliated companies, and other provisions. The FACT Act requires persons subject to FCRA to notify their customers if they report negative information about them to a credit bureau or if they are granted credit on terms less favorable than those generally available. The FRB and the Federal Trade Commission have extensive rulemaking authority under the FACT Act, and the Company and the Bank are subject to the rules that have been created under the FACT Act, including rules regarding limitations on affiliate marketing and implementation of programs to identify, detect and mitigate certain identity theft red flags. The SCRA protects persons called to active military service and their dependents from undue hardship resulting from their military service, and the MLA extends specific protections if an accountholder, at the time of account opening, is a covered active duty member of the military or certain family members thereof. The SCRA applies to all debts incurred prior to the commencement of active duty and limits the amount of interest, including service and renewal charges and any other fees or charges (other than bona fide insurance) that are related to the obligation or liability. The MLA applies to certain consumer loans and extends specific protections if an accountholder, at the time of account opening, is a covered active duty member of the military or certain family members thereof. The Bank is also subject to data security standards and data breach notice requirements issued by the OCC and other regulatory agencies. The Bank has created policies and procedures to comply with these consumer protection requirements.
The CFPB issued the final rules implementing the ability-to-repay and qualified mortgage (QM) provisions of the Truth in Lending Act (the “QM Rule”). The ability-to-repay provision requires creditors to make reasonable, good faith determinations that borrowers are able to repay their mortgages before extending credit based on a number of factors and consideration of financial information about the borrower derived from reasonably reliable third-party documents. Under the Dodd-Frank Act and the QM Rule, loans meeting the definition of “qualified mortgage” are entitled to a presumption that the lender satisfied the ability-to-repay requirements. The presumption is a conclusive presumption/safe harbor for loans meeting the QM requirements, and a rebuttable presumption for higher-priced loans meeting the QM requirements. The definition of a “qualified mortgage” incorporates the statutory requirements, such as not allowing negative amortization or terms longer than 30 years. The QM Rule also adds an explicit maximum 43% debt-to-income ratio for borrowers if the loan is to meet the QM definition, though some mortgages that meet government-sponsored enterprises, Federal Housing Administration, and Veterans Administration underwriting guidelines may, for a period not to exceed seven years, meet the QM definition without being subject to the 43% debt-to-income limits. The Bank has created policies and procedures to comply with these consumer protection requirements.
USA Patriot Act
The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (“USA Patriot Act”) imposes obligations on U.S. financial institutions, including banks and broker-dealer subsidiaries, to implement policies, procedures and controls which are reasonably designed to detect and report instances of money laundering and the financing of terrorism. In addition, provisions of the USA Patriot Act require the federal financial institution regulatory agencies to consider the effectiveness of a financial institution’s anti-money laundering activities when reviewing bank mergers and bank holding company acquisitions. The USA Patriot Act also encourages information-sharing among financial institutions, regulators, and law enforcement authorities by providing an exemption from the privacy provisions of the GLB Act for financial institutions that comply with the provision of the Act. Failure of a financial institution to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing, or to comply with all of the relevant laws or regulations, could have serious legal, financial and reputational consequences for the institution. The Company has approved policies and procedures that are designed to comply with the USA Patriot Act and its regulations.
Office of Foreign Assets Control Regulation
The United States has imposed economic sanctions that affect transactions with designated foreign countries, nationals and others administrated by the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”). The OFAC administered sanctions can take many different forms; however, they generally contain one or more of the following elements: (i) restrictions on trade with or investment in a sanctioned country, entity or individual, including prohibitions against direct or indirect imports and exports and prohibitions on “U.S. persons” engaging in financial transactions relating to making investments, or providing investment related advice or assistance; and (ii) a blocking of assets in which the government or specially designated nationals have an interest, by prohibiting transfers of property subject to U.S. jurisdiction (including property in the possession or control of U.S. persons). Blocked assets (e.g., property and bank deposits) cannot be paid out, withdrawn, set off or transferred in any manner without a license from OFAC. Failure to comply with these sanctions could have serious legal, financial, and reputational consequences.
15
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) implemented a broad range of corporate governance, accounting and reporting reforms for companies that have securities registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. In particular, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act established, among other things: (i) new requirements for audit and other key Board of Directors committees involving independence, expertise levels, and specified responsibilities; (ii) additional responsibilities regarding the oversight of financial statements by the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the reporting company; (iii) the creation of an independent accounting oversight board for the accounting industry; (iv) new standards for auditors and the regulation of audits, including independence provisions which restrict non-audit services that accountants may provide to their audit clients; (v) increased disclosure and reporting obligations for the reporting company and its directors and executive officers including accelerated reporting of company stock transactions; (vi) a prohibition of personal loans to directors and officers, except certain loans made by insured financial institutions on non-preferential terms and in compliance with other bank regulator requirements; and (vii) a range of new and increased civil and criminal penalties for fraud and other violations of the securities laws.
Electronic Fund Transfer Act
Among other provisions, the federal banking rule under the Electronic Fund Transfer Act prohibits financial institutions from charging consumers fees for paying overdrafts on automated teller machines and one-time debit card transactions, unless a consumer consents, or opts in, to the overdraft service for those types of transactions. The rule does not govern overdraft fees on the payment of checks and certain other forms of bill payments.
Community Reinvestment Act of 1977
Under the CRA, the Bank is required to help meet the credit needs of its communities, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods. Although the Bank must follow the requirements of CRA, it does not limit the Bank’s discretion to develop products and services that are suitable for a particular community or establish lending requirements or programs. In addition, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act prohibits discrimination in lending practices. The Bank’s failure to comply with the provisions of the CRA could, at a minimum, result in regulatory restrictions on its activities and the activities of the Company. The Bank’s failure to comply with the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act could result in enforcement actions against it by its regulators as well as other federal regulatory agencies and the Department of Justice. The Bank’s latest CRA rating was “Satisfactory”.
The Bank Secrecy Act
The Bank Secrecy Act (“BSA”) requires all financial institutions, including banks and securities broker-dealers, to, among other things, establish a risk-based system of internal controls reasonably designed to prevent money laundering and the financing of terrorism. The BSA includes a variety of recordkeeping and reporting requirements (such as currency transaction and suspicious activity reporting), as well as due diligence/know-your-customer documentation requirements. The Company has established a bank secrecy act /anti-money laundering program and taken other appropriate measures in order to comply with BSA requirements.
Item 1A. Risk Factors
There are risks inherent in the Company’s business. The material risks and uncertainties that management believes affect the Company are described below. Adverse experience with these could have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.
Risks Related to the Company’s Business
Interest Rate Risk
Changes in interest rates affect our profitability, assets and liabilities.
The Company’s income and cash flow depends to a great extent on the difference between the interest earned on loans and investment securities, and the interest paid on deposits and borrowings. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond the Company’s control, including general economic conditions and policies of various governmental and regulatory agencies and, in particular, the FRB. Changes in monetary policy, including changes in interest rates, could influence not only the interest the Company receives on loans and securities and the amount of interest it pays on deposits and borrowings, but such changes could also affect (1) its ability to originate loans and obtain deposits, which could reduce the amount of fee income generated, (2) the fair value of its financial assets and liabilities, and (3) the average duration of the Company’s various categories of earning assets. Earnings could be adversely affected if the interest rates received on loans and investments fall more quickly than the interest rates paid on deposits and other borrowings. If the interest rates paid on deposits and other borrowings increase at a faster rate than the interest rates received on loans and investments, the Company’s net interest income could also be adversely affected, which in turn could negatively affect its earnings. Although management believes it has implemented asset and liability management strategies to reduce the potential effects of changes in interest rates on the results of operations, any substantial, unexpected, prolonged change in market interest rates could have a material adverse effect on the financial condition and results of operations.
Reforms to and uncertainty regarding the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) may adversely affect LIBOR-based financial arrangements of the Company.
In 2017, the Chief Executive of the United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority, which regulates LIBOR, announced that it intends to stop persuading or compelling banks to submit rates for the calibration of LIBOR to the administrator of LIBOR after 2021. In November 2020, it was announced that the rate would continue to be published through June 2023. However, the Federal Reserve urged banks to make the transition as soon as practicable and that no new contracts should include LIBOR after the original end date of December 31, 2021. At this time, no consensus exists as to what rate or rates may become acceptable alternatives to LIBOR and it is not currently possible to predict the effect of any such alternatives on the value of LIBOR-based financial arrangements. The Federal Reserve Board, in conjunction with the Alternative Reference Rates Committee, is considering replacing the U.S. dollar LIBOR with the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”), a broad measure of the cost of borrowing cash overnight collateralized by Treasury securities. Whether or not SOFR attains traction as a LIBOR replacement tool remains in question. Uncertainty as to the nature of alternative reference rates, and as to potential changes or other reforms to LIBOR, may adversely affect LIBOR rates and the value of LIBOR-based financial arrangements of the Company. While not expected to be material to the Company due to its insignificant exposure to LIBOR-based loans and financial instruments, the implementation of an alternative index or indices for the Company’s financial arrangements may result in the Company incurring expenses in effecting the transition, may result in reduced loan balances if borrowers do not accept the substitute index or indices and may result in disputes or litigation with customers over the appropriateness or comparability of the alternative index to LIBOR, which could have an adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations.
Liquidity Risk
The Company must maintain adequate sources of funding and liquidity to meet regulatory expectations, support its operations and fund outstanding liabilities.
The Company liquidity and ability to fund and run its business could be materially adversely affected by a variety of conditions and factors, including financial and credit market disruptions and volatility, a lack of market or customer confidence in financial markets in general, or deposit competition based on interest rates, which may result in a loss of customer deposits or outflows of cash or collateral and/or adversely affect the Company’s ability to access capital markets on favorable terms. Other conditions and factors that could materially adversely affect the Company’s liquidity and funding include a lack of market or customer confidence in, or negative news about, the Company or the financial services industry generally which also may result in a loss of deposits and/or negatively affect the Company’s ability to access the capital markets; the loss of customer deposits to alternative investments; counterparty availability; interest rate fluctuations; general economic conditions; and the legal, regulatory, accounting and tax environments governing the Company’s funding transactions. Many of the foregoing conditions and factors may be caused by events over which the Company has little or no control. There can be no assurance that significant disruption and volatility in the financial markets will not occur in the future. Further, the Company’s customers may be adversely impacted by such conditions, which could have a negative impact on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
17
Further, if the Company is unable to continue to fund assets through customer bank deposits or access funding sources on favorable terms, or if the Company suffers an increase in borrowing costs or otherwise fails to manage liquidity effectively, the Company’s liquidity, operating margins, financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.
Credit and Lending Risk
The allowance for credit losses may be insufficient.
The Company’s business depends on the creditworthiness of its customers. The Company reviews the allowance for credit losses quarterly for adequacy considering historical credit loss experience, current loan-specific risk characteristics such as differences in underwriting standards, portfolio mix, delinquency levels, risk ratings as well as changes in macroeconomic conditions. If the Company’s assumptions prove to be incorrect, the Company’s allowance for credit losses may not be sufficient to cover losses inherent in the Company’s loan portfolio, resulting in additions to the allowance. Material additions to the allowance would materially decrease its net income. It is possible that over time the allowance for credit losses will be inadequate to cover credit losses in the portfolio because of unanticipated adverse changes in the economy, market conditions or events adversely affecting specific customers, industries or markets. On January 1, 2020, the Company adopted ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326), also referred to as CECL. Under this new standard, the Company’s required allowance for credit losses may fluctuate more significantly from period to period due to changes in economic conditions, changes in the composition of the Company’s loan portfolios, changes in historical loss rates and changes in other credit factors, including the level of delinquent loans.
Mortgage banking income may experience significant volatility.
Mortgage banking income is highly influenced by the level and direction of mortgage interest rates, real estate and refinancing activity and elections made by the Company to sell or retain mortgage production. In lower interest rate environments, the demand for mortgage loans and refinancing activity will tend to increase. This has the effect of increasing fee income, but could adversely impact the estimated fair value of the Company’s mortgage servicing rights as the rate of loan prepayments increase. In higher interest rate environments, the demand for mortgage loans and refinancing activity will generally be lower. This has the effect of decreasing fee income opportunities.
Legal, Regulatory, and Compliance Risk
The Company is or may become involved in lawsuits, legal proceedings, information-gathering requests, investigations, and proceedings by governmental agencies or other parties that may lead to adverse consequences.
As a participant in the financial services industry, many aspects of the Company’s business involve substantial risk of legal liability. The Company and its subsidiaries have been named or threatened to be named as defendants in various lawsuits arising from its or its subsidiaries’ business activities (and in some cases from the activities of acquired companies). In addition, from time to time, the Company is, or may become, the subject of governmental and self-regulatory agency information-gathering requests, reviews, investigations and proceedings and other forms of regulatory inquiry, including by bank regulatory agencies, the SEC and law enforcement authorities. The results of such proceedings could lead to delays in or prohibition to acquire other companies, significant penalties, including monetary penalties, damages, adverse judgments, settlements, fines, injunctions, restrictions on the way in which the Company conducts its business, or reputational harm.
Although the Company establishes accruals for legal proceedings when information related to the loss contingencies represented by those matters indicates both that a loss is probable and that the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated, the Company does not have accruals for all legal proceedings where it faces a risk of loss. In addition, due to the inherent subjectivity of the assessments and unpredictability of the outcome of legal proceedings, amounts accrued may not represent the ultimate loss to the Company from the legal proceedings in question. Thus, the Company’s ultimate losses may be higher than the amounts accrued for legal loss contingencies, which could adversely affect the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.
18
The Company operates in a highly regulated environment and may be adversely affected by changes in laws and regulations or the interpretation and examination of existing laws and regulations.
The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to extensive state and federal regulation, supervision and legislation that govern nearly every aspect of its operations. The Company, as a financial holding company, is subject to regulation by the FRB and its banking subsidiary is subject to regulation by the OCC. These regulations affect deposit and lending practices, capital levels and structure, investment practices, dividend policy and growth. In addition, the non-bank subsidiaries are engaged in providing services including, but not limited to, retirement plan administration, fiduciary services to collective investment funds, investment management and insurance brokerage services, which industries are also heavily regulated at both a state and federal level. Such regulators govern the activities in which the Company and its subsidiaries may engage. These regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities, including the imposition of restrictions on the operation of a bank, the classification of assets by a bank and the adequacy of a bank’s allowance for credit losses. Any change in such regulation and oversight, whether in the form of regulatory policy, regulations, legislation, interpretation or application, could have a material impact on the Company and its operations. Changes to the regulatory laws governing these businesses could affect the Company’s ability to deliver or expand its services and adversely impact its operating and financial condition.
The Dodd-Frank Act, as amended by the Economic Growth Act, instituted major changes to the banking and financial institutions regulatory regimes based upon the performance of, and ultimate government intervention in, the financial services sector. The ongoing effects of the Dodd-Frank Act, as well as continued rule-making and possible future changes to the regulatory requirements make it difficult to assess the overall impact of the Dodd-Frank Act and related regulatory developments on the Company and the Bank. The implications of the Dodd-Frank Act for the Company’s businesses continue to depend to a large extent on the implementation of the legislation by the FRB and other agencies as well as how market practices and structures change in response to the requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act. All of these changes in regulations could subject the Company, among other things, to additional costs and limit the types of financial services and products it can offer and/or increase the ability of non-banks to offer competing financial services and products.
The Company is also directly subject to the requirements of entities that set and interpret the accounting standards such as the Financial Accounting Standards Board, and indirectly subject to the actions and interpretations of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, which establishes auditing and related professional practice standards for registered public accounting firms and inspects registered firms to assess their compliance with certain laws, rules, and professional standards in public company audits. These regulations, along with the currently existing tax, accounting, securities, insurance, and monetary laws, regulations, rules, standards, policies and interpretations, control the methods by which financial institutions and their holding companies conduct business, engage in strategic and tax planning, implement strategic initiatives, and govern financial reporting.
The Company’s failure to comply with laws, regulations or policies could result in civil or criminal sanctions, restrictions to its business model, and money penalties by state and federal agencies, and/or reputation damage, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. See “Supervision and Regulation” for more information about the regulations to which the Company is subject.
The Company depends on dividends from its banking subsidiary for cash revenues to support common dividend payments and other uses, but those dividends are subject to restrictions.
The ability of the Company to satisfy its obligations and pay cash dividends to its shareholders is primarily dependent on the earnings of and dividends from the subsidiary bank. However, payment of dividends by the bank subsidiary is limited by dividend restrictions and capital requirements imposed by bank regulations. The ability to pay dividends is also subject to the continued payment of interest that the Company owes on its subordinated junior debentures held with an unconsolidated subsidiary trust. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had $77.3 million of subordinated junior debentures held with an unconsolidated subsidiary trust outstanding. The Company has the right to defer payment of interest on the subordinated junior debentures held with an unconsolidated subsidiary trust for a period not exceeding 20 quarters, although the Company has not done so to date. If the Company defers interest payments on the subordinated junior debentures held with an unconsolidated subsidiary trust, it will be prohibited, subject to certain exceptions, from paying cash dividends on the common stock until all deferred interest has been paid and interest payments on the subordinated junior debentures resumes.
19
The Company’s total consolidated assets exceed $10 billion and is therefore subject to additional regulation and increased supervision including the CFPB.
The Dodd-Frank Act imposes additional regulatory requirements on institutions with $10 billion or more in assets. Since 2017, when the Company surpassed the $10 billion threshold, the Company has become subject to the following: (1) supervision, examination and enforcement by the CFPB with respect to consumer financial protection laws, (2) a modified methodology for calculating FDIC insurance assessments and potentially higher assessment rates, (3) limitations on interchange fees for debit card transactions, (4) heightened compliance standards under the Volcker Rule, and (5) enhanced supervision as a larger financial institution. The imposition of these regulatory requirements and increased supervision may continue to require additional commitment of financial resources to regulatory compliance and may increase the Company’s cost of operations.
Basel III capital rules generally require insured depository institutions and their holding companies to hold more capital, which could limit our ability to pay dividends, engage in share repurchases and pay discretionary bonuses.
The Federal Reserve, the FDIC and the OCC adopted final rules for the Basel III capital framework which substantially amended the regulatory risk-based capital rules applicable to the Company. The rules phased in over time and became fully effective in 2019. A capital conservation buffer was phased in over three years, ultimately resulting in a requirement of 2.5% on top of the common Tier 1, Tier 1 and total capital requirements, resulting in a required common Tier 1 equity ratio of 7%, a Tier 1 ratio of 8.5%, and a total capital ratio of 10.5%. Failure to satisfy any of these three capital requirements will result in limits on paying dividends, engaging in share repurchases and paying discretionary bonuses. These limitations will establish a maximum percentage of eligible retained income that could be utilized for such actions.
Operational Risk
The Company continually encounters technological change and the failure to understand and adapt to these changes could have a negative impact on the business.
The financial services industry is continually undergoing rapid technological change with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. The effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to better serve customers and to reduce costs. The Company's future success depends, in part, upon its ability to address the needs of its customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands, as well as to create additional efficiencies in the Company's operations. Many of the Company's competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements. The Company may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products and services to its customers and the costs of this technology may negatively impact the Company’s results of operations. Failure to successfully keep pace with technological changes affecting the financial services industry could have a material adverse impact on the Company's financial condition and results of operations.
The Company is exposed to fraud in many aspects of the services and products that it provides.
The Company offers a wide variety of products and services. When account credentials and other access tools are not adequately protected by its customers, risks and potential costs may increase. As (a) sales of these services and products expand, (b) those who are committing fraud become more sophisticated and more determined, and (c) banking services and product offerings expand, the Company's operational losses could increase.
20
The Company is subject to a variety of operational risks, including reputational risk, legal and compliance risk, the risk of fraud or theft by employees or outsiders, which may adversely affect the Company’s business and results of operations.
The Company is exposed to many types of operational risks, including reputational risk, legal and compliance risk, the risk of fraud or theft by employees or outsiders, unauthorized transactions by employees, or operational errors, including clerical or record keeping errors or those resulting from faulty or disabled computer or telecommunications systems or disclosure of confidential proprietary information of its customers. Negative public opinion can result from actual or alleged conduct in any number of activities, including lending practices, sales practices, customer treatment, corporate governance and acquisitions and from actions taken by government regulators and community organizations in response to those activities. Negative public opinion can adversely affect the Company’s ability to attract and keep customers and can expose the Company to litigation and regulatory action. Actual or alleged conduct by the Company can result in negative public opinion about its business and financial loss.
If personal, nonpublic, confidential, or proprietary information of customers in the Company’s possession were to be mishandled or misused, the Company could suffer significant regulatory consequences, reputational damage, and financial loss. Such mishandling or misuse could include, for example, if such information were erroneously provided to parties who are not permitted to have the information, either by fault of its systems, employees, or counterparties, or where such information is intercepted or otherwise inappropriately taken by third parties.
Because the nature of the financial services business involves a high volume of transactions, certain errors may be repeated or compounded before they are discovered and successfully rectified. The Company’s necessary dependence upon automated systems to record and process transactions and the large transaction volumes may further increase the risk that technical flaws or employee tampering or manipulation of those systems will result in losses that are difficult to detect. The Company also may be subject to disruptions of its operating systems arising from events that are wholly or partially beyond its control (for example, computer viruses or electrical or telecommunications outages), which may give rise to disruption of service to customers and to financial loss or liability. The Company is further exposed to the risk that external vendors may be unable to fulfill their contractual obligations (or will be subject to the same risk of fraud or operational errors by their respective employees) and to the risk that business continuity and data security systems prove to be inadequate. The occurrence of any of these risks could result in a diminished ability to operate the Company’s business, potential liability to clients, reputational damage, and regulatory intervention, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations, perhaps materially.
The Company’s information systems may experience an interruption or security breach and expose the Company to additional operational, compliance, and legal risks.
The Company relies heavily on existing and emerging communications and information systems to conduct its business. The Company and its vendors may be the subject of sophisticated and targeted attacks intended to obtain unauthorized access to assets or confidential information, destroy data, disable or degrade service, or sabotage systems, often through the introduction of computer viruses or malware, ransomware, cyber-attacks and other means. The methods used to obtain unauthorized access, disable or degrade service or sabotage systems are constantly evolving and may be difficult to anticipate or to detect for long periods of time. The constantly changing nature of the threats means that the Company may not be able to prevent all data security breaches or misuse of data. Any failure, interruption or breach in security of these systems could result in failures or disruptions in the Company’s online banking system, its general ledger, and its deposit and loan servicing and origination systems or other systems. Furthermore, if personal, confidential or proprietary information of customers or clients in the Company’s or vendors’ possession were to be mishandled or misused, the Company could suffer significant regulatory consequences, reputational damage and financial loss. Such mishandling or misuse could include circumstances where, for example, such information was erroneously provided to parties who are not permitted to have the information, either by fault of the Company’s systems, employees, or counterparties, or where such information was intercepted or otherwise inappropriately taken by third parties. The Company has policies and procedures designed to prevent or limit the effect of the possible failure, interruption or security breach of its information systems; however, any such failure, interruption or security breach could adversely affect the Company’s business and results of operations through loss of assets or by requiring it to expend significant resources to correct the defect, as well as exposing the Company to customer dissatisfaction and civil litigation, regulatory fines or penalties or losses not covered by insurance.
21
Evolving data security and privacy requirements could increase the Company’s costs and expose it to additional operational, compliance, and legal risks.
The Company’s business requires the secure processing and storage of sensitive information relating to its customers, employees, business partners, and others. However, like any financial institution operating in today’s digital business environment, the Company is subject to threats to the security of its networks and data, as described above. These threats continue to increase as the frequency, intensity and sophistication of attempted attacks and intrusions increase around the world. In response to these threats there has been heightened legislative and regulatory focus on data privacy and cybersecurity in the U.S. and the European Union and as a result, the Company must comply with an evolving set of legal requirements in this area, including substantive cybersecurity standards as well as requirements for notifying regulators and affected individuals in the event of a data security incident. This regulatory environment is increasingly challenging and may present material obligations and risks to the Company’s business, including significantly expanded compliance burdens, costs and enforcement risks.
The Company relies on third party vendors, which could expose the Company to additional cybersecurity risks.
Third party vendors provide key components of the Company’s business infrastructure, including certain data processing and information services. On behalf of the Company, third parties may transmit confidential, propriety information. Although the Company requires third party providers to maintain certain levels of information security, such providers may remain vulnerable to breaches, unauthorized access, misuse, computer viruses, or other malicious attacks that could ultimately compromise sensitive information. While the Company may contractually limit liability in connection with attacks against third party providers, the Company remains exposed to the risk of loss associated with such vendors. In addition, a number of the Company’s vendors are large national entities with dominant market presence in their respective fields. Their services could prove difficult to replace in a timely manner if a failure or other service interruption were to occur. Failures of certain vendors to provide contracted services could adversely affect the Company’s ability to deliver products and services to customers and cause the Company to incur significant expense.
The Company's ability to attract and retain qualified employees is critical to the success of its business, and failure to do so may have a materially adverse effect on the Company's performance.
The Company's employees are its most important resource, and in many areas of the financial services industry, competition for qualified personnel is intense. The imposition on the Company or its employees of certain existing and proposed restrictions or taxes on executive compensation may adversely affect the Company's ability to attract and retain qualified senior management and employees. If the Company provides inadequate succession planning or is unable to continue to retain and attract qualified employees, the Company's performance, including its competitive position, could have a materially adverse effect.
External and Market-Related Risk
Regional economic factors may have an adverse impact on the Company's business.
The Company's main markets are located in the states of New York, Pennsylvania, Vermont and Massachusetts. Most of the Company's customers are individuals and small and medium-sized businesses which are dependent upon the regional economy. Accordingly, the local economic conditions in these areas have a significant impact on the demand for the Company's products and services as well as the ability of the Company's customers to repay loans, the value of the collateral securing loans and the stability of the Company's deposit funding sources. A prolonged economic downturn in these markets could negatively impact the Company.
22
The financial services industry is highly competitive and creates competitive pressures that could adversely affect the Company’s revenue and profitability.
The financial services industry in which the Company operates is highly competitive. The Company competes not only with commercial and other banks and thrifts, but also with insurance companies, mutual funds, hedge funds, securities brokerage firms and other companies offering financial services in the U.S., globally and over the Internet. The Company competes on the basis of several factors, including capital, access to capital, revenue generation, quality customer service, products, services, transaction execution, innovation, reputation and price. Over time, certain sectors of the financial services industry have become more concentrated, as institutions involved in a broad range of financial services have been acquired by or merged into other firms. These developments could result in the Company’s competitors gaining greater capital and other resources, such as a broader range of products and services and geographic diversity. The Company may experience pricing pressures as a result of these factors and as some of its competitors seek to increase market share by reducing prices or paying higher rates of interest on deposits. Finally, technological change is influencing how individuals and firms conduct their financial affairs and changing the delivery channels for financial services, with the result that the Company may have to contend with a broader range of competitors including many that are not located within the geographic footprint of its banking office network.
The Company may be adversely affected by the soundness of other financial institutions.
Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty, or other relationships. The Company has exposure to many different industries and counterparties, and routinely executes transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry. Many of these transactions expose the Company to credit risk in the event of a default by a counterparty or client. In addition, credit risk may be exacerbated when the collateral held by the Company cannot be realized upon or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of the credit or derivative exposure due to the Company. Any such losses could have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial condition and results of operations.
Conditions in the insurance market could adversely affect the Company’s earnings.
Revenue from insurance fees and commissions could be negatively affected by fluctuating premiums in the insurance markets or other factors beyond the Company’s control. Other factors that affect insurance revenue are the profitability and growth of the Company’s clients, the renewal rate of the current insurance policies, continued development of new product and services as well as access to new markets. The Company’s insurance revenues and profitability may also be adversely affected by new laws and regulatory developments impacting the healthcare and insurance markets.
Changes in the equity markets could materially affect the level of assets under management and the demand for other fee-based services.
Economic downturns could affect the volume of income from and demand for fee-based services. Revenue from the wealth management and employee benefit trust businesses depends in large part on the level of assets under management and administration. Market volatility and the potential to lead customers to liquidate investments, as well as lower asset values, can reduce the level of assets under management and administration and thereby decrease the Company’s investment management and employee benefit trust revenues.
Financial services companies depend on the accuracy and completeness of information about customers and counterparties.
In deciding whether to extend credit or enter into other transactions, the Company may rely on information furnished by or on behalf of customers and counterparties, including financial statements, credit reports and other financial information. The Company may also rely on representations of those customers, counterparties or other third parties, such as independent auditors, as to the accuracy and completeness of that information. Reliance on inaccurate or misleading financial statements, credit reports or other information could have a material adverse impact on business and, in turn, the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.
23
The Company may be required to record impairment charges related to goodwill, other intangible assets and the investment portfolio.
The Company may be required to record impairment charges in respect to goodwill, other intangible assets and the investment portfolio. Numerous factors, including lack of liquidity for resale of certain investment securities, absence of reliable pricing information for investment securities, the economic condition of state and local municipalities, adverse changes in the business climate, adverse actions by regulators, unanticipated changes in the competitive environment or a decision to change the operations or dispose of an operating unit could have a negative effect on the investment portfolio, goodwill or other intangible assets in future periods.
The Company’s financial statements are based, in part, on assumptions and estimates, which, if incorrect or conditions change, could cause unexpected losses in the future.
Pursuant to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, the Company is required to use certain assumptions and estimates in preparing its financial statements, including in determining credit loss reserves, mortgage repurchase liability and reserves related to litigation, among other items. Certain of the Company’s financial instruments, including available-for-sale securities and certain loans, among other items, require a determination of their fair value in order to prepare the Company’s financial statements. Where quoted market prices are not available, the Company may make fair value determinations based on internally developed models or other means which ultimately rely to some degree on management judgment. Some of these and other assets and liabilities may have no direct observable price levels, making their valuation particularly subjective, as they are based on significant estimation and judgment. In addition, sudden illiquidity in markets or declines in prices of certain loans and securities may make it more difficult to value certain balance sheet items, which may lead to the possibility that such valuations will be subject to further change or adjustment. If assumptions or estimates underlying the Company’s financial statements are incorrect, it may experience material losses.
Risk Related to Acquisition Activity
Acquisition activity could adversely affect the Company’s financial condition and result of operations.
The business strategy of the Company includes growth through acquisition. Recently completed and future acquisitions will be accompanied by the risks commonly encountered in acquisitions. These risks include among other things: obtaining timely regulatory approval, the difficulty of integrating operations and personnel, the potential disruption of the Company’s ongoing business, the inability of the Company’s management to maximize its financial and strategic position, the inability to maintain uniform standards, controls, procedures and policies, and the impairment of relationships with employees and customers as a result of changes in ownership and management. Further, the asset quality or other financial characteristics of a company may deteriorate after the acquisition agreement is signed or after the acquisition closes.
A portion of the Company’s loan portfolio was acquired primarily through whole-bank acquisitions and was not underwritten by the Company at origination.
At December 31, 2020, 19% of the loan portfolio was acquired and was not underwritten by the Company at origination, and therefore is not necessarily reflective of the Company’s historical credit risk experience. The Company performed extensive credit due diligence prior to each acquisition and marked the loans to fair value upon acquisition, with such fair valuation considering expected credit losses that existed at the time of acquisition. However, there is a risk that credit losses could be larger than currently anticipated, thus adversely affecting earnings.
24
Risks Related to COVID-19
The Company faces significant risks related to COVID-19 and the developments surrounding the global pandemic have had, and these will continue to have, significant effects on its business, financial condition, and results of operations. These risks include materially increased credit losses and reduced profitability due to an increase in expenses or a decrease in net interest income.
While certain factors point to improving economic conditions, concern about the continued spread of COVID-19 and the uncertain path to economic recovery continue. Certain mitigating factors, including the impact of government interventions, the success of vaccine distribution, and the effectiveness of the vaccines, will contribute to improving economic conditions but there still remains uncertainty related to inflation, recession, unemployment, volatile interest rates, changes in trade policies and other factors, such as state and local municipal budget deficits, government spending and the U.S. national debt, which are outside of the Company’s control and may, directly and indirectly, adversely affect the Company.
With respect to the Company’s loan portfolios, COVID-19 related business shutdowns and slowdowns, limitations on commercial activity and financial transactions, increased unemployment, increased commercial property vacancy rates, reduced profitability and ability for property owners to make mortgage payments, and overall economic and financial market instability, and decreased consumer confidence, all of which may cause the Company’s customers to be unable to make scheduled loan payments. The Company instituted a deferral program which granted customers impacted by COVID-19 deferrals of loan principal and/or interest payments provided that such customers met certain requirements. While certain deferrals are still ongoing, it is difficult to assess whether a customer will be able to perform under the original terms of the loan once the extended deferral period expires. Once these deferrals expire, it may become apparent that more customers than expected are unable to perform and the Company may be required to classify these loans as nonaccrual, make additional provisions for credit losses and net charge-offs. If these deferrals were not effective in mitigating the effect of COVID-19 on the Company’s customers, it will adversely affect the Company’s business and results of operations more substantially over a longer period of time.
In addition, the Company has participated as a lender in the first and second rounds of funding for the Small Business Administration’s Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”). Because this program is relatively new, there are heightened concerns associated with processing the initial and follow-up loan applications and the related forgiveness applications which expose the Company to risks relating to noncompliance with the PPP, including the ambiguity in the laws, the rules and guidance regarding the operation of the PPP, and the risk that the SBA may not fund some or all of the PPP loan guaranties.
The COVID-19 pandemic has significantly affected the financial markets and has resulted in a number of Federal Reserve actions. On March 15, 2020, the Federal Reserve further reduced the target federal funds rate by 100 basis points to 0.00% to 0.25% and maintained this target range as of December 31, 2020. Further, the Federal Reserve reduced the interest that it pays on excess reserves from 1.60% to 1.10% on March 3, 2020, and then to 0.10% on March 15, 2020. The Company expects that these reductions in interest rates, especially if prolonged, could adversely affect its net interest income and net interest margin and its profitability. A prolonged period of extremely volatile and unstable market conditions would likely negatively affect market risk mitigation strategies. Fluctuations in interest rates will impact both the level of income and expense recorded on most of the Company’s assets and liabilities and the market value of all interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, which in turn could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s net income, results of operations and financial condition. Low rates increase the risk in the United States of a negative interest rate environment in which interest rates drop below zero, either broadly or for some types of instruments. Such an occurrence would likely further reduce the interest the Company earns on loans and other earning assets, while also likely requiring the Company to pay to maintain its deposits with the Federal Reserve. The Company cannot predict the nature or timing of future changes in monetary policies that may be instituted by the newly-appointed government officials or the precise effects that they may have on the Company’s activities and financial results.
In addition, the pandemic has also increased the likelihood that federal and state taxes may increase as a result of the effects of the pandemic on governmental budgets, which could reduce the Company’s net income.
25
General Risks
Trading activity in the Company’s common stock could result in material price fluctuations.
The market price of the Company’s common stock may fluctuate significantly in response to a number of other factors including, but not limited to:
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
None
Item 2. Properties
The Company’s primary headquarters are located at 5790 Widewaters Parkway, Dewitt, New York, which is leased. In addition, the Company has 280 properties, of which 171 are owned and 109 are under lease arrangements. With respect to the Banking segment, the Company operates 232 full-service branches and 16 facilities for back office banking operations. With respect to the Employee Benefit Services segment, the Company operates 12 customer service facilities, all of which are leased. With respect to the All Other segment, the Company operates 20 customer service facilities, all of which are leased. Some properties contain tenant leases or subleases.
Real property and related banking facilities owned by the Company at December 31, 2020 had a net book value of $89.3 million and none of the properties were subject to any material encumbrances. For the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company paid $9.0 million of rental fees for facilities leased for its operations. Effective January 1, 2019, the Company adopted new lease accounting guidance in accordance with Accounting Standards Update 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) that requires recognition of a liability associated with future payments under lease agreements and a right-of-use asset representing the right to use the underlying assets. The adoption of this new guidance resulted in the recognition of a lease liability of $34.2 million and corresponding right-of-use asset of $34.2 million. As of December 31, 2020, the lease liability and corresponding right-of-use asset were $35.9 million and $34.9 million, respectively. The Company believes that its facilities are suitable and adequate for the Company’s current operations.
Item 3. Legal Proceedings
The Company and its subsidiaries are subject in the normal course of business to various pending and threatened legal proceedings in which claims for monetary damages are asserted. As of December 31, 2020, management, after consultation with legal counsel, does not anticipate that the aggregate ultimate liability arising out of litigation pending or threatened against the Company or its subsidiaries will be material to the Company’s consolidated financial position. On at least a quarterly basis, the Company assesses its liabilities and contingencies in connection with such legal proceedings. For those matters where it is probable that the Company will incur losses and the amounts of the losses can be reasonably estimated, the Company records an expense and corresponding liability in its consolidated financial statements. To the extent the pending or threatened litigation could result in exposure in excess of that liability, the amount of such excess is not currently estimable. The range of reasonably possible losses for matters where an exposure is not currently estimable or considered probable, beyond the existing recorded liabilities, is believed to be between $0 and $1 million in the aggregate. Information on current legal proceedings is set forth in Note N to the consolidated financial statements included under Part II, Item 8, including a litigation related accrual for $3.0 million in 2020. Although the Company does not believe that the outcome of pending litigation will be material to the Company’s consolidated financial position, it cannot rule out the possibility that such outcomes will be material to the consolidated results of operations for a particular reporting period in the future.
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures
Not Applicable
Item 4A. Information about our Executive Officers
The executive officers of the Company and the Bank who are elected by the Board of Directors are as follows:
Name
Age
Mark E. Tryniski
60
Director, President and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Tryniski assumed his current position in August 2006. He served as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer from March 2004 to July 2006 and as the Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer from June 2003 to March 2004. He previously served as a partner in the Syracuse office of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
George J. Getman
64
Executive Vice President and General Counsel. Mr. Getman assumed his current position in January 2008. Prior to joining the Company, he was a partner with Bond, Schoeneck & King, PLLC and served as corporate counsel to the Company.
Joseph E. Sutaris
53
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Sutaris assumed his current position in June 2018. He served as Senior Vice President, Finance and Accounting from November 2017 to June 2018, as the Bank’s Director of Municipal Banking from September 2016 to November 2017 and as the Senior Vice President of the Central Region of the Bank from April 2011 to September 2016. Mr. Sutaris joined the Company in April 2011 as part of the acquisition of Wilber National Bank where he served as the Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary.
Joseph F. Serbun
Executive Vice President and Chief Banking Officer. Mr. Serbun assumed his current position in March 2020. He served as the Bank’s Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer from June 2018 to March 2020 and as Senior Vice President and Chief Credit Officer from June 2010 to June 2018 and as Vice President and Commercial Team Leader of the Bank from January 2008 until June 2010. Prior to joining the Company, he served as Vice President at JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
Joseph J. Lemchak
59
Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer of the Company since May 1991. He served as the Assistant Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Horizon Bank, a wholly-owned bank subsidiary of the Company, from April 1990 to May 1991. Prior to joining the Company, he worked as a commercial lender with Chittenden Trust Company, a Vermont based lending institution, from 1989 to 1990, and Security Norstar Bank in Rochester, New York from 1984 to 1989.
Part II
Item 5. Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
The Company’s common stock has been trading on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “CBU” since December 31, 1997. Prior to that, the common stock traded over-the-counter on the NASDAQ National Market under the symbol “CBSI” beginning on September 16, 1986. There were 53,675,085 shares of common stock outstanding on January 31, 2021, held by approximately 3,911 registered shareholders of record. The following table sets forth the high and low closing prices for the common stock, and the cash dividends declared with respect thereto, for the periods indicated. The prices do not include retail mark-ups, mark-downs or commissions.
Quarterly
Year / Qtr
High Price
Low Price
Dividend
2020
4th
67.11
54.35
0.42
3rd
62.42
52.29
2nd
66.48
51.93
0.41
1st
71.52
48.40
2019
71.07
60.09
66.12
59.51
67.47
61.10
0.38
64.92
56.94
The Company has historically paid regular quarterly cash dividends on its common stock, and declared a cash dividend of $0.42 per share for the first quarter of 2021. The Board of Directors of the Company presently intends to continue the payment of regular quarterly cash dividends on the common stock, as well as to make payment of regularly scheduled dividends on the trust preferred stock when due, subject to the Company’s need for those funds. However, because the substantial majority of the funds available for the payment of dividends by the Company are derived from the subsidiary Bank, future dividends will depend largely upon the earnings of the Bank, its financial condition, its need for funds and applicable governmental policies and regulations.
The following graph compares cumulative total shareholders returns on the Company’s common stock over the last five fiscal years to the S&P 600 Commercial Banks Index, the NASDAQ Bank Index, the S&P 500 Index, and the KBW Regional Banking Index. Total return values were calculated as of December 31 of each indicated year assuming a $100 investment on December 31, 2015 and reinvestment of dividends.
29
Equity Compensation Plan Information
The following table provides information as of December 31, 2020 with respect to shares of common stock that may be issued under the Company’s existing equity compensation plans.
Number of Securities
Remaining Available
Securities to be
For Future Issuance
Issued upon
Weighted-average
Under Equity
Exercise of
Exercise Price
Compensation Plans
Outstanding
of Outstanding
(excluding securities
Options, Warrants
reflected in the first
Plan Category
and Rights (1)
and Rights
column)
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders:
2004 Long-term Incentive Plan
346,378
32.00
2014 Long-term Incentive Plan
1,372,289
43.05
826,246
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
Total
1,718,667
40.82
Stock Repurchase Program
At its December 2019 meeting, the Board approved a new stock repurchase program authorizing the repurchase, at the discretion of senior management, of up to 2,600,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, in accordance with securities and banking laws and regulations, during a twelve-month period starting January 1, 2020. There were no treasury stock purchases made under this authorization in 2020. At its December 2020 meeting, the Board approved a new stock repurchase program authorizing the repurchase, at the discretion of senior management, of up to 2,680,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, in accordance with securities and banking laws and regulations, during a twelve-month period starting January 1, 2021. Any repurchased shares will be used for general corporate purposes, including those related to stock plan activities. The timing and extent of repurchases will depend on market conditions and other corporate considerations as determined at the Company’s discretion.
The following table presents stock purchases made during the fourth quarter of 2020:
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Maximum Number of
Shares
Total Number of Shares
That May Yet be
Average
Purchased as Part of
Purchased
Price Paid
Publicly Announced
Under the Plans or
Period
Per Share
Plans or Programs
Programs
October 1-31, 2020 (1)
1,146
58.76
2,600,000
November 1-30, 2020
0.00
December 1-31, 2020
30
Item 6. Selected Financial Data
The following table sets forth selected consolidated historical financial data of the Company as of and for each of the years in the five-year period ended December 31, 2020. The historical information set forth under the captions “Income Statement Data” and “Balance Sheet Data” is derived from the audited financial statements while the information under the captions “Capital and Related Ratios”, “Selected Performance Ratios” and “Asset Quality Ratios” for all periods is unaudited. All financial information in this table should be read in conjunction with the information contained in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and with the Consolidated Financial Statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Years Ended December 31,
(In thousands except per share data and ratios)
2018
2017
2016
Income Statement Data:
Loan interest income
314,779
308,210
286,165
253,949
211,467
Investment interest income
74,499
77,517
76,568
75,506
73,720
Interest expense
20,875
26,552
17,678
13,780
11,291
Net interest income
368,403
359,175
345,055
315,675
273,896
Provision for credit losses
14,212
8,430
10,837
10,984
8,076
Noninterest income
228,004
225,718
223,720
202,421
155,625
Gain or loss on investment securities & gain or loss on debt extinguishment, net
415
4,901
339
Acquisition expenses and litigation accrual
7,883
8,608
(769)
25,986
1,706
Other noninterest expenses
368,651
363,418
346,058
321,163
265,142
Income before income taxes
206,076
209,338
212,988
159,965
154,597
Net income
164,676
169,063
168,641
150,717
103,812
Diluted earnings per share
3.08
3.23
3.24
3.03
Balance Sheet Data:
Cash equivalents
1,466,043
43,243
29,083
19,652
24,243
Investment securities
3,595,347
3,088,343
2,981,658
3,081,379
2,784,392
Loans
7,415,952
6,890,543
6,281,121
6,256,757
4,948,562
Allowance for credit losses
(60,869)
(49,911)
(49,284)
(47,583)
(47,233)
Intangible assets
846,648
836,923
807,349
825,088
480,844
Total assets
13,931,094
11,410,295
10,607,295
10,746,198
8,666,437
Deposits
11,224,974
8,994,967
8,322,371
8,444,420
7,075,954
Borrowings
371,289
344,873
413,682
485,896
248,370
Shareholders’ equity
2,104,107
1,855,234
1,713,783
1,635,315
1,198,100
Capital and Related Ratios:
Cash dividends declared per share
1.66
1.58
1.44
1.32
1.26
Book value per share
39.26
35.82
33.43
32.26
26.96
Tangible book value per share (1)
24.29
20.52
18.59
16.94
17.12
Market capitalization (in millions)
3,339
3,674
2,988
2,725
2,746
Tier 1 leverage ratio
10.16
10.80
11.08
10.00
10.55
Total risk-based capital to risk-adjusted assets
19.87
17.99
19.06
17.45
19.10
Tangible equity to tangible assets (1)
9.92
10.01
9.68
8.61
9.24
Dividend payout ratio
53.7
48.4
43.8
43.5
Period end common shares outstanding
53,593
51,794
51,258
50,696
44,437
Diluted weighted-average shares outstanding
53,487
52,370
51,975
49,665
44,720
Selected Performance Ratios:
Return on average assets
1.28
1.53
1.49
1.20
Return on average equity
8.13
9.42
10.20
10.21
8.57
Net interest margin
3.28
3.76
3.73
3.69
3.71
Noninterest revenues/operating revenues (FTE) (2)
38.3
38.7
39.6
38.8
35.5
Efficiency ratio (3)
59.6
58.0
58.3
Asset Quality Ratios:
Allowance for credit losses/total loans
0.82
0.72
0.78
0.76
0.95
Nonperforming loans/total loans
1.04
0.35
0.40
0.44
0.48
Allowance for credit losses/nonperforming loans
206
197
173
199
Provision for credit losses/net charge-offs
286
108
119
103
129
Net charge-offs/average loans
0.07
0.12
0.15
0.18
0.13
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
This Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) primarily reviews the financial condition and results of operations of the Company for the past two years, although in some circumstances a period longer than two years is covered in order to comply with SEC disclosure requirements or to more fully explain long-term trends. The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the Selected Consolidated Financial Information beginning on page 31 and the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes that appear on pages 73 through 135. All references in the discussion to the financial condition and results of operations refer to the consolidated position and results of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole.
Unless otherwise noted, all earnings per share (“EPS”) figures disclosed in the MD&A refer to diluted EPS; interest income, net interest income, and net interest margin are presented on a fully tax-equivalent (“FTE”) basis, which is a non-GAAP measure. The term “this year” and equivalent terms refer to results in calendar year 2020, “last year” and equivalent terms refer to calendar year 2019, and all references to income statement results correspond to full-year activity unless otherwise noted.
This MD&A contains certain forward-looking statements with respect to the financial condition, results of operations, and business of the Company. These forward-looking statements involve certain risks and uncertainties. Factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from those contemplated by such forward-looking statements are set herein under the caption “Forward-Looking Statements” on page 67.
Critical Accounting Policies
As a result of the complex and dynamic nature of the Company’s business, management must exercise judgment in selecting and applying the most appropriate accounting policies for its various areas of operations. The policy decision process not only ensures compliance with the current accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”), but also reflects management’s discretion with regard to choosing the most suitable methodology for reporting the Company’s financial performance. It is management’s opinion that the accounting estimates covering certain aspects of the business have more significance than others due to the relative importance of those areas to overall performance, or the level of subjectivity in the selection process. These estimates affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as well as disclosures of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could meaningfully differ from these estimates. Management believes that the critical accounting estimates include the allowance for credit losses, actuarial assumptions associated with the pension, post-retirement and other employee benefit plans, the provision for income taxes, investment valuation, the carrying value of goodwill and other intangible assets, and acquired loan valuations. A summary of the accounting policies used by management is disclosed in Note A, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”, starting on page 79.
Supplemental Reporting of Non-GAAP Results of Operations
The Company also provides supplemental reporting of its results on an “operating,” “adjusted” or “tangible” basis, from which it excludes the after-tax effect of amortization of core deposit and other intangible assets (and the related goodwill, core deposit intangible and other intangible asset balances, net of applicable deferred tax amounts), accretion on non-impaired purchased loans, expenses associated with acquisitions, acquisition-related provision for credit losses, the unrealized gain (loss) on equity securities, net gain on sale of investments, litigation accrual, the gain (loss) on debt extinguishment and the one-time benefit from the revaluation of net deferred tax liabilities. In addition, the Company provides supplemental reporting for “adjusted pre-tax, pre-provision net revenues,” which excludes the provision for credit losses, acquisition expenses, net gain on sale of investments, unrealized gain (loss) on equity securities, the gain (loss) on debt extinguishment and litigation accrual from income before income taxes. Although these items are non-GAAP measures, the Company’s management believes this information helps investors understand the effect of acquisitions and other non-recurring activity in its reported results. Diluted adjusted net earnings per share were $3.37 in 2020, down $0.07, or 2.0%, from 2019 and down $0.02, or 0.6%, from 2018. Adjusted pre-tax, pre-provision net revenue was $4.26 per share in 2020, up $0.03, or 0.7%, from 2019 and down $0.03, or 0.7%, from 2018. Reconciliations of GAAP amounts with corresponding non-GAAP amounts are presented in Table 20.
Executive Summary
The Company’s business philosophy is to operate as a diversified financial services enterprise providing a broad array of banking and other financial services to retail, commercial and municipal customers. The Company’s banking subsidiary is Community Bank, N.A. (the “Bank” or “CBNA”). The Company also provides employee benefit and trust related services via its Benefit Plans Administrative Services, Inc. (“BPAS”) subsidiary, and wealth management and insurance-related services.
The Company’s core operating objectives are: (i) optimize the branch network and digital banking delivery systems, primarily through disciplined acquisition strategies and divestitures/consolidations, (ii) build profitable loan and deposit volume using both organic and acquisition strategies, (iii) manage an investment securities portfolio to complement the Company’s loan and deposit strategies and optimize interest rate risk, yield and liquidity, (iv) increase the noninterest component of total revenues through development of banking-related fee income, growth in existing financial services business units, and the acquisition of additional financial services and banking businesses, and (v) utilize technology to deliver customer-responsive products and services and improve efficiencies.
Significant factors reviewed by management to evaluate achievement of the Company’s operating objectives and its operating results and financial condition include, but are not limited to: net income and earnings per share; return on assets and equity; components of net interest margin; noninterest revenues; noninterest expenses; asset quality; loan and deposit growth; capital management; performance of individual banking and financial services units; performance of specific product lines and customers; liquidity and interest rate sensitivity; enhancements to customer products and services and their underlying performance characteristics; technology advancements; market share; peer comparisons; and the performance of recently acquired businesses.
33
On June 12, 2020, the Company completed its merger with Steuben Trust Corporation (“Steuben”), parent company of Steuben Trust Company, a New York State chartered bank headquartered in Hornell, New York, for $98.6 million in Company stock and cash, comprised of $21.6 million in cash and the issuance of 1.36 million shares of common stock. The merger extended the Company’s footprint into two new counties in Western New York State, and enhanced the Company’s presence in four Western New York State counties in which it currently operates. In connection with the merger, the Company added 11 full-service offices to its branch service network and acquired $607.8 million of assets, including $339.0 million of loans and $180.5 million of investment securities, as well as $516.3 million of deposits. Goodwill of $20.2 million was recognized as a result of the merger.
On September 18, 2019, the Company, through its subsidiary, Community Investment Services, Inc. (“CISI”), completed its acquisition of certain assets of a practice engaged in the financial services business headquartered in Syracuse, New York. The Company paid $0.5 million in cash to acquire a customer list, and recorded a $0.5 million customer list intangible asset in conjunction with the acquisition.
On July 12, 2019, the Company completed its merger with Kinderhook Bank Corp. (“Kinderhook”), parent company of The National Union Bank of Kinderhook, headquartered in Kinderhook, New York, for $93.4 million in cash. The merger added 11 branch locations across a five county area in the Capital District of Upstate New York. The merger resulted in the acquisition of $642.8 million of assets, including $479.9 million of loans and $39.8 million of investment securities, as well as $568.2 million of deposits. Goodwill of $40.0 million was recognized as a result of the merger.
The Company reported net income of $164.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 that was 2.6% below the prior year, while earnings per share of $3.08 for the year was 4.6% below the prior year. The decrease in net income and earnings per share was due in part to the increase in provision for credit losses which included $3.1 million of acquisition-related provision for credit losses associated with the acquisition of Steuben, with the remaining increase largely attributable to the impact that COVID-19 had on economic and business conditions. Other factors resulting in the decreases to net income and earnings per share were an increase in noninterest expenses, a decrease in gain on sales of investment securities, an increase in litigation accrual, higher income taxes and an increase in weighted average diluted shares outstanding attributable to shares issued in connection with the Steuben acquisition, administration of the Company’s 401(k) plan and employee stock plan. Partially offsetting these items were expanded business activities from the Steuben acquisition completed in the second quarter of 2020 and a full year of the expanded business activities from the Kinderhook acquisition completed in the third quarter of 2019, an increase in net interest income, a decrease in acquisition expenses, higher noninterest revenues and an increase in gain on debt extinguishment. Net income adjusted to exclude acquisition expenses, acquisition-related provision for credit losses, gain on sales of investment securities, unrealized gain and losses on equity securities, litigation accrual, gain on debt extinguishment, amortization of intangibles, and acquired non-impaired loan accretion (“Adjusted Net Income”), increased $0.2 million, or 0.1%, compared to the prior year. Earnings per share adjusted to exclude acquisition expenses, acquisition-related provision for credit losses, gain on sales of investment securities, unrealized gain and losses on equity securities, litigation accrual, gain on debt extinguishment, amortization of intangibles, and acquired non-impaired loan accretion (“Adjusted Earnings Per Share”), of $3.37 decreased $0.07, or 2.0%, compared to the prior year. See Table 20 for Reconciliation of GAAP to Non-GAAP Measures.
The Company experienced year-over-year growth in average interest-earning assets and average deposits, primarily reflective of large net inflows of funds from government stimulus programs, PPP loan originations and the acquisition of Steuben in the second quarter of 2020. Average external borrowings in 2020 decreased from 2019 reflective of a decrease in average subordinated debt held by unconsolidated subsidiary trusts, partially offset by increases in average subordinated notes payable, average securities sold under an agreement to repurchase ("customer repurchase agreements") as well as average Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (“FHLB”) borrowings. The decrease in average subordinated debt held by unconsolidated subsidiary trusts is due to the redemption of trust preferred debt held by MBVT Statutory Trust I ("MBVT I") and the Kinderhook Capital Trust ("KCT") during the third quarter of 2019, partially offset by a partial year of trust preferred debt assumed with the Steuben acquisition that was subsequently redeemed in the third quarter of 2020. Asset quality remained strong throughout much of 2020, with the COVID-19 pandemic contributing to the nonperforming and delinquency ratios rising above 2019 levels in the second half of the year, while the full year net charge-off ratio was favorable and improved from one year earlier.
34
COVID-19 Pandemic
In early January 2020, the World Health Organization issued an alert that a coronavirus outbreak was emanating from the Wuhan Province in China. Later in January, the first death related to the coronavirus, identified as COVID-19, occurred in the United States. Over the course of the next several weeks, the outbreak continued to spread to various regions of the World prompting the World Health Organization to declare COVID-19 a global pandemic on March 11, 2020. In the United States, the rapid spread of the COVID-19 virus invoked various Federal and State Authorities to make emergency declarations and issue executive orders to limit the spread of the disease. Measures included restrictions on international and domestic travel, limitations on public gatherings, implementation of social distancing protocols, school closings, orders to shelter in place and mandates to close all non-essential businesses to the public. Concerns about the spread of the disease and its anticipated negative impact on economic activity, severely disrupted both domestic and international financial markets prompting Central Banks around the World to inject significant amounts of monetary stimulus into their economies. In the United States, the Federal Reserve System’s Federal Open Market Committee, swiftly cut the target Federal Funds rate to a range of 0% to 0.25%, including a 50 basis point reduction in the target federal funds rate on March 3, 2020 and an additional 100 basis point reduction on March 15, 2020. In addition, the Federal Reserve rolled out various market support programs to ease the stress on financial markets. The estimated value of the pandemic-related monetary stimulus package provided through the Federal Reserve’s activities was estimated at $4 trillion. In addition, on March 27, 2020, the United States Congress passed the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”), which was intended to provide approximately $2.5 trillion of direct support to U.S. citizens and businesses affected by the COVID-19 outbreak. On April 21, 2020 an additional $484 billion of CARES Act funding was appropriated by Congress to provide additional support to the national economy and financial markets. On December 11, 2020, the Food and Drug Administration authorized the United States’ first COVID-19 vaccine and a second COVID-19 vaccine was authorized on December 18, 2020. Distribution and administration of the vaccines have steadily progressed since those authorizations. On December 21, 2020, Congress amended the CARES Act with the Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2021 (“CAA”) to provide an additional $900 billion of stimulus relief to mitigate the continued impacts of the pandemic.
As the COVID-19 events unfolded throughout 2020, the Company implemented various plans, strategies and protocols to protect its employees, maintain services for customers, assure the functional continuity of the Company’s operating systems, controls and processes, and mitigate financial risks posed by changing market conditions. In order to protect its employees and assure workforce continuity and operational redundancy, the Company imposed business travel restrictions, implemented quarantine and work from home protocols and physically separated, to the extent possible, the critical operations workforce that are unable to work remotely. To limit the risk of virus spread, the Company implemented drive-thru only and by appointment operating protocols for its extensive bank branch network in the first and fourth quarters of 2020. The Company also maintained active communications with its primary regulatory agencies and critical vendors to assure all mission-critical activities and functions are being performed in line with regulatory expectations and the Company’s service standards. Late in the second quarter, the Company implemented a return-to-work plan which was reversed in the fourth quarter as cases in our geography began to climb. In addition, it re-opened the majority of its customer service facilities to the public, although banking branch lobbies were again closed to walk-in customer traffic in the fourth quarter of 2020 and service offerings continue to be limited to scheduled appointments and drive-up and ATM-based transactions.
Although there remains uncertainty around the magnitude and duration of the economic impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, the Company’s management believes that its financial position, including high levels of capital and liquidity, will allow it to successfully endure the negative economic impacts of the crisis. The Company’s capital planning and management activities, coupled with its historically strong earnings performance, diversified streams of revenue and prudent dividend practices, have allowed it to build and maintain strong capital reserves. Shareholders’ equity of $2.10 billion at December 31, 2020 was $248.9 million, or 13.4%, higher than 2019. The increase in shareholders’ equity over the last year was primarily driven by earnings retention, as well as common shares issued in the Steuben acquisition and an increase in accumulated other comprehensive income due primarily to an increase in net unrealized gains on the Company’s available-for-sale investment securities portfolio. At December 31, 2020, all of the Company’s regulatory capital ratios significantly exceeded well-capitalized standards. More specifically, the Company’s Tier 1 Leverage Ratio, a common measure to evaluate a financial institutions capital strength, was 10.16% at December 31, 2020, which represents more than two times the regulatory well-capitalized standard of 5.0%. This compares to 10.80% at the end of 2019, with the modest declines in the ratio primarily being driven by stimulus-aided organic asset growth largely generated from the significant deposit inflows resulting from federal government stimulus programs associated with the pandemic. The Company’s net tangible equity to net tangible assets ratio was 9.92% at December 31, 2020, down from 10.01% at the end of 2019. The decrease in the net tangible equity to net tangible assets ratio during the year was due to the significant organic growth in total assets between the comparable periods as a result of the strong inflow of deposits noted above, as well as a modest increase in intangible assets.
35
The Company’s liquidity position remains strong. The Bank maintains a funding base largely comprised of core noninterest-bearing demand deposit accounts and low cost interest-bearing interest checking, savings and money market deposit accounts with customers that operate, reside or work within its branch footprint. At December 31, 2020, the Company’s cash and cash equivalents balances, net of float, were $1.57 billion. The Company also maintains an available-for-sale investment securities portfolio, comprised primarily of highly-liquid U.S. Treasury securities, highly-rated municipal securities and U.S. agency mortgage backed securities. At December 31, 2020, the Company’s available-for-sale investment securities portfolio totaled $3.55 billion, $1.78 billion of which was unpledged as collateral. Net unrealized gains on the portfolio at that time were $120.1 million. The Bank’s unused borrowing capacity at the FHLB at December 31, 2020 was $1.66 billion and it maintained $256.2 million of funding availability at the Federal Reserve Bank’s discount window. Furthermore, the Company has not experienced significant draws on available business and consumer lines of credit or observed any significant or unusual customer activity that portends unmanageable levels of stress on the Company’s liquidity profile since the inception of the pandemic.
The Company is participating in both phases of the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”) Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”), a specialized low-interest loan program funded by the U.S. Treasury Department and administered by the U.S. Small Business Administration (“SBA”). The PPP provides borrower guarantees for lenders, as well as loan forgiveness incentives for borrowers that meet certain conditions. As of December 31, 2020, the Company’s business lending portfolio included 3,417 PPP loans with a total balance of $470.7 million. The Company experienced high levels of customer utilization of the PPP loan program, but also believes that its liquidity resources are more than sufficient to meet these and other funding requirements of its borrowers. The Company expects to recognize through interest income most of its remaining net deferred PPP fees totaling $9.0 million during 2021. In addition, the Company is participating in the 2021 second round of PPP lending, also known as the “Second Draw” program, but is uncertain at this time as to the amount of PPP loans it will originate in 2021.
From a credit risk and lending perspective, the Company has and continues to take actions to identify, assess and monitor its COVID-19 related credit exposures based on asset class and borrower type. No specific credit impairment has been identified within the Company’s investment securities portfolio, including the Company’s municipal securities portfolio since the onset of the pandemic. With respect to the Company’s lending activities, the Company implemented and continues to utilize a customer forbearance program to assist both consumer and business borrowers that were experiencing financial hardship due to COVID-19 related challenges. The Company processed more than 5,000 borrower forbearance requests granting approximately $950 million in deferrals during 2020. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had 74 borrowers in forbearance due to COVID-19 related financial hardship, representing $66.5 million in outstanding loan balances, or 0.9% of total loans outstanding. These forbearances were comprised of 63 business borrowers representing $65.7 million in outstanding loan balances and 11 consumer borrowers representing approximately $0.8 million in outstanding loan balances. Business lending, consumer direct, and consumer indirect loans in deferment status continued to accrue interest on the deferred principal during the deferment period unless otherwise classified as nonaccrual. Consumer mortgage and home equity loans did not accrue interest on the deferred payments during the deferment period. Consistent with industry regulatory guidance, borrowers that were otherwise current on loan payments and granted COVID-19 related financial hardship payment deferrals, were reported as current loans throughout the first 180 days of the deferral period and were not classified as TDRs. Borrowers that were delinquent in their payments to the Bank prior to requesting a COVID-19 related financial hardship payment deferral were reviewed on a case-by-case basis for troubled debt restructure classification and nonperforming loan status. During the fourth quarter of 2020, several commercial borrowers, which primarily operate in the hospitality, travel and entertainment industries, requested extended loan repayment forbearance due to the continued pandemic-related financial hardship they were experiencing. Although the Company’s management granted these forbearance requests, it also reclassified the majority of these loan relationships from accruing to nonaccrual status, unless the borrower clearly demonstrated current repayment capacity or sufficient cash reserves to service their pre-forbearance payment obligations. The Company anticipates that the number and amount of COVID-19 financial hardship forbearance agreements will decrease during 2021, but also anticipates that delinquent and nonperforming loans may increase in future periods as borrowers that continue to experience COVID-19 related financial hardship may be unable to maintain or resume loan payments consistent with their contractual obligations. While the deferrals are still ongoing, it is difficult to assess whether a customer will be able to perform under the original terms of the loan once the deferral period expires. Once these deferrals expire, it may become apparent that more customers than expected are unable to fully meet their lending obligations, leading to higher levels of provisions for credit losses.
36
The COVID-19 crisis is expected to continue to impact the Company’s financial results, as well as demand for its services and products, likely for a significant portion of 2021. The CARES Act is expected to have an immaterial impact as it relates to income taxes and the Company will continue to assess impacts in future periods. The short and long-term implications of the COVID-19 crisis, and related government monetary and fiscal stimulus measures, on the Company’s future operations, revenues, earnings, allowance for credit losses, capital position, and liquidity continue to evolve and are difficult to assess and certain matters remain uncertain at this time.
Net Income and Profitability
Net income for 2020 was $164.7 million, a decrease of $4.4 million, or 2.6%, from 2019’s earnings. Earnings per share for 2020 was $3.08, down $0.15, or 4.6%, from 2019’s results. Net income and earnings per share for 2020 were impacted by $4.9 million of acquisition expenses primarily related to the Steuben acquisition, $3.1 million of acquisition-related provision for credit losses related to the Steuben acquisition and $3.0 million of litigation accrual expenses, while the Company incurred $8.6 million of acquisition expenses in 2019 primarily related to the Kinderhook acquisition and recorded $4.9 million in net gains on the sales of investment securities in 2019. Adjusted Net Income increased $0.2 million, or 0.1%, compared to the prior year. Adjusted Earnings per Share of $3.37 decreased $0.07, or 2.0%, compared to the prior year. See Table 20 for Reconciliation of GAAP to Non-GAAP Measures.
Net income for 2019 was $169.1 million, an increase of $0.4 million, or 0.3%, from 2018’s earnings. Earnings per share for 2019 was $3.23, down $0.01, or 0.3%, from 2018’s results. Net income and earnings per share for 2019 were impacted by $8.6 million of acquisition expenses primarily related to the Kinderhook acquisition offset in part by $4.9 million in net gains on the sales of investment securities, while the Company recovered $0.8 million of vendor contract termination charges in 2018 that were initially recorded as an acquisition expense in the second quarter of 2017. Adjusted Net Income increased $4.1 million, or 2.3%, compared to the prior year. Adjusted Earnings per Share of $3.44 increased $0.05, or 1.5%, compared to the prior year. See Table 20 for Reconciliation of GAAP to Non-GAAP Measures.
Table 1: Condensed Income Statements
(000’s omitted, except per share data)
Gain on sales of investment securities, net
4,882
Unrealized (loss)/gain on equity securities
(6)
657
Gain/(loss) on debt extinguishment
421
(318)
Noninterest revenue
Income before taxes
Income taxes
41,400
40,275
44,347
9,248
50,785
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding
37
The Company operates in three business segments: Banking, Employee Benefit Services and All Other. The Banking segment provides a wide array of lending and depository-related products and services to individuals, businesses and municipal enterprises. In addition to these general intermediation services, the Banking segment provides treasury management solutions and payment processing services. Employee Benefit Services, consisting of BPAS and its subsidiaries, provides the following on a national basis: employee benefit trust services; collective investment funds; fund administration; transfer agency; retirement plan and VEBA/HRA and health savings account plan administration services; actuarial services; and healthcare consulting services. BPAS services more than 3,800 benefit plans with approximately 450,000 plan participants and holds more than $107.0 billion in employee benefit trust assets. In addition, BPAS employs 367 professionals serving clients in every U.S. state plus the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, and occupies 11 offices located in New York, Pennsylvania, Massachusetts, New Jersey, Texas and Puerto Rico. The All Other segment is comprised of wealth management and insurance services. Wealth management activities include trust services provided by the personal trust unit of CBNA, investment products and services provided by CISI, The Carta Group, Inc. (“Carta Group”) and OneGroup Wealth Partners, Inc. (“Wealth Partners”), as well as asset management provided by Nottingham Advisors, Inc. (“Nottingham”). The insurance services activities include the offerings of personal and commercial lines of insurance and other risk management products and services provided by OneGroup NY, Inc. (“OneGroup”). For additional financial information on the Company’s segments, refer to Note U – Segment Information in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
The primary factors explaining 2020 earnings performance are discussed in the remaining sections of this document and are summarized by segment as follows:
BANKING
38
EMPLOYEE BENEFIT SERVICES
ALL OTHER (WEALTH MANAGEMENT AND INSURANCE SERVICES)
Selected Profitability and Other Measures
Return on average assets, return on average equity, dividend payout and equity to asset ratios for the years indicated are as follows:
Table 2: Selected Ratios
Average equity to average assets
15.71
16.25
15.50
39
As displayed in Table 2, the 2020 return on average assets ratio decreased 25 basis points and the return on average equity ratio decreased 129 basis points as compared to 2019. The decrease in return on average assets was primarily the result of an increase in average assets, primarily related to large net inflows of funds from government stimulus programs, PPP loan originations and the acquisitions of Kinderhook in third quarter of 2019 and Steuben in the second quarter of 2020, and a decrease in net income that was impacted by a $5.8 million increase in provision for credit losses, a $4.9 million decrease in net gains on sales of investment securities and $3.0 million of litigation accrual expenses incurred in 2020. The return on average equity ratio decreased in 2020 as average equity increased, primarily related to shares issued in connection with the Steuben acquisition and increases in the market value of the Company’s available-for-sale investments, while net income decreased and was impacted by the aforementioned provision for credit losses, litigation accrual expenses and lower security gains. The return on average assets ratio in 2019 decreased five basis points, while the return on average equity ratio decreased 78 basis points as compared to 2018. The decrease in return on average assets was primarily the result of an increase in average assets, primarily related to the Kinderhook acquisition, which outpaced the increase in net income that was impacted by $8.6 million in acquisition expenses incurred in 2019. The return on average equity ratio decreased in 2019 as the increase in average equity, including higher after-tax unrealized gains on investment securities, outpaced net income that was impacted by the aforementioned acquisition expenses. The return on average assets adjusted to exclude acquisition expenses, acquisition-related provision for credit losses, gain on sales of investment securities, unrealized gains and losses on equity securities, gain or loss on debt extinguishment, amortization of intangibles, litigation accrual expenses and acquired non-impaired loan accretion decreased 23 basis points to 1.40% in 2020, as compared to 1.63% in 2019. The return on average equity adjusted to exclude acquisition expenses, acquisition-related provision for credit losses, gain on sales of investment securities, unrealized gains and losses on equity securities, gain on debt extinguishment, amortization of intangibles, litigation accrual expenses and acquired non-impaired loan accretion decreased 114 basis points to 8.89% in 2020, from 10.03% in 2019. See Table 20 for Reconciliation of GAAP to Non-GAAP Measures.
The dividend payout ratio for 2020 of 53.7% increased 5.3% from 2019 as there was an 8.2% increase in dividends declared from 2019 and a 2.6% decrease in net income. The increase in dividends declared in 2020 was a result of a 5.1% increase in the dividends declared per share and the issuance of shares in connection with the Steuben acquisition and administration of the Company’s 401(k) plan and employee stock plan. The dividend payout ratio for 2019 of 48.4% increased 4.6% from 2018 as the 10.7% increase in dividends declared from 2018 was higher than the 0.3% increase in net income. The increase in dividends declared in 2019 was a result of a 9.7% increase in the dividends declared per share and the issuance of shares in connection with the administration of the Company’s 401(k) plan and employee stock plan.
The average equity to average assets ratio decreased in 2020 as the growth in assets outpaced the growth in common shareholders’ equity. During 2020, average assets increased 16.8% while average equity increased at a rate of 12.9%. In 2019 the average equity to average assets ratio increased 75 basis points as average equity rose 8.5% and average assets grew 3.5% in comparison to 2018.
Net Interest Income
Net interest income is the amount by which interest and fees on earning assets (loans, investments and cash equivalents) exceeds the cost of funds, which consists primarily of interest paid to the Company's depositors and interest on borrowings. Net interest margin is the difference between the yield on interest earning assets and the cost of interest-bearing liabilities as a percentage of earning assets.
40
As disclosed in Table 3, net interest income (with nontaxable income converted to a fully tax-equivalent basis) totaled $372.3 million in 2020, an increase of $9.2 million, or 2.5%, from the prior year. The increase is a result of a $1.69 billion, or 17.5%, increase in average interest-earning assets and a 13 basis point decrease in the average rate on interest-bearing liabilities, partially offset by a 57 basis point decrease in the average yield on interest-earning assets and a $971.7 million increase in average interest-bearing liabilities. As reflected in Table 4, the favorable impact of the increase in interest-earning assets ($63.0 million) and decrease in the rate on interest-bearing liabilities ($9.2 million) was partially offset by the unfavorable impact of the decrease in the average yield on interest-earning assets ($59.5 million) and the increase in interest-bearing liabilities ($3.5 million).
The 2020 net interest margin decreased 48 basis points to 3.28% from 3.76% reported in 2019. The decrease was attributable to a 57 basis point decrease in the earning-asset yield partially offset by a 13 basis point decrease in the cost of interest-bearing liabilities primarily due to the impact of lower market rates during 2020 resulting from the economic impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic. The 4.34% yield on loans in 2020 decreased 39 basis points as compared to 4.73% in 2019 primarily due to the impact of lower market rates during 2020 resulting from the aforementioned economic impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic, including the impact of acquired loan accretion. The yield on investments, including cash equivalents, of 1.90% in 2020 was 68 basis points lower than 2019. The cost of interest-bearing liabilities was 0.27% during 2020 as compared to 0.40% for 2019. The decreased cost reflects the seven basis point decrease in the average rate paid on deposits and the 59 basis point lower average rate paid on borrowings in 2020.
The net interest margin in 2019 increased three basis points to 3.76% from 3.73% reported in 2018. The increase was attributable to an 11 basis point increase in the earning-asset yield, offset by a 13 basis point increase in the cost of interest-bearing liabilities. The 4.73% yield on loans increased 15 basis points in 2019 as compared to 4.58% in 2018, including the impact of acquired loan accretion associated with the Kinderhook acquisition. The yield on investments, including cash equivalents, of 2.58% in 2019 was consistent with 2018. The yield on investments was impacted by the sale of $590.2 million of available-for-sale Treasury securities in the second quarter of 2019 with subsequent reinvestment of the proceeds occurring primarily in the fourth quarter. The proceeds from the sale of securities in the second quarter were held in interest-earning cash until more attractive reinvestment options became available in the fourth quarter. The cost of interest-bearing liabilities was 0.40% during 2019 as compared to 0.27% for 2018. The increased cost reflects the 10 basis point increase in the average rate paid on deposits and the 14 basis point higher average rate paid on borrowings in 2019.
As shown in Table 3, total FTE-basis interest income increased by $3.5 million, or 0.9%, in 2020 in comparison to 2019. Table 4 indicates that a higher average earning-asset balance created $63.0 million of incremental interest income and a lower yield on earning assets had an unfavorable impact of $59.5 million on interest income. Average loans increased $722.4 million, or 11.0%, in 2020. This increase was primarily due to the origination of PPP loans and acquired growth from the Steuben acquisition. FTE-basis loan interest income and fees increased $6.4 million, or 2.1%, in 2020 as compared to 2019, attributable to the higher average balances partially offset by a 39 basis point decrease in the loan yield primarily due to impact of lower market rates during 2020.
Investment interest income (FTE basis) in 2020 was $2.9 million, or 3.6%, lower than the prior year as a result of a 68 basis point decrease in average investment yield partially offset by a $972.2 million increase in the average book basis balance of investments, including cash equivalents. The lower average investment yield in 2020 was reflective of cash flows from higher rate maturing instruments in the investment portfolio being reinvested at lower market interest rates or held in interest-earning cash. The higher average investment book balance is inclusive of the $179.7 million of available-for-sale securities and $0.8 million of equity and other securities acquired with the Steuben transaction.
Total FTE-basis interest income in 2019 increased $22.7 million, or 6.2%, from 2018’s level. As shown in table 4, the higher average earning-asset balance created $11.8 million of incremental interest income and a higher yield on earning assets had a favorable impact of $10.9 million on interest income. Average loans increased $278.9 million, or 4.5%, in 2019. This increase was primarily due to acquired growth from the Kinderhook acquisition, which accounted for $217.6 million of the growth. FTE-basis loan interest income and fees increased $22.1 million, or 7.7%, in 2019 as compared to 2018, attributable to the higher average balances and a 15 basis point increase in the loan yield. On a FTE basis, investment interest income, including interest on cash equivalents, totaled $80.6 million in 2019, $0.6 million, or 0.7%, higher than 2018 as a result of a $16.6 million increase in the average book basis balance of investments (including cash equivalents) and an average investment yield of 2.58% that was consistent with 2018. The higher average investment book balance is inclusive of the $37.7 million of available-for-sale securities and $2.1 million of equity and other securities acquired with the Kinderhook transaction.
41
Total interest expense decreased by $5.7 million, or 21.4%, to $20.9 million in 2020. As shown in Table 4, lower interest rates on interest-bearing liabilities resulted in a decrease in interest expense of $9.2 million, while higher deposit balances resulted in a $3.5 million increase in interest expense. Interest expense as a percentage of average earning assets for 2020 decreased nine basis points to 0.18%. The rate on interest-bearing deposits of 0.23% was nine basis points lower than 2019, primarily due to a decrease in certain product rates in response to changes in market interest rates during the year. The rate on borrowings decreased 59 basis points to 1.27% in 2020, primarily due to the decrease in the average variable rate paid on subordinated debt held by unconsolidated subsidiary trusts and customer repurchase agreements. Total average funding balances (deposits and borrowings) in 2020 increased $1.60 billion, or 17.6%. Average deposits increased $1.60 billion, driven by large net inflows of funds from government stimulus programs and acquired growth from the Steuben acquisition. Average non-time deposit balances increased $1.51 billion and accounted for 90.9% of total average deposits compared to 90.3% in 2019, due to the aforementioned net inflows of funds from government stimulus programs and the addition of $419.8 million in non-time deposit balances with the Steuben acquisition. Average time deposits increased by $92.8 million year-over-year, including $96.4 million in time deposits from the Steuben acquisition. Average time deposits represented 9.1% of total average deposits for 2020 compared to 9.7% in 2019. Average external borrowings decreased $3.2 million in 2020 as compared to 2019, due to a decrease in average subordinated debt held by unconsolidated subsidiary trusts of $14.4 million, partially offset by an increase in average subordinated notes payable of $6.0 million, an increase in average customer repurchase agreements of $4.0 million and an increase in average FHLB borrowings of $1.2 million. The decrease in average subordinated debt held by unconsolidated subsidiary trusts is due to the redemption of trust preferred debt held by MBVT I and KCT during the third quarter of 2019 for a total of $22.7 million, partially offset by a partial year of subordinated debt assumed with the Steuben acquisition. The Company assumed $6.0 million of FHLB borrowings and $2.1 million of subordinated notes held by unconsolidated subsidiary trusts from the Steuben acquisition. The subordinated notes held by unconsolidated subsidiary trusts assumed from the Steuben acquisition were redeemed in the third quarter of 2020 and $10.4 million of subordinated notes payable assumed from the Kinderhook acquisition were redeemed in the fourth quarter of 2020.
Total interest expense increased by $8.9 million, or 50.2%, to $26.6 million in 2019. As shown in Table 4, higher interest rates on interest-bearing liabilities resulted in an increase in interest expense of $8.6 million, while higher interest-bearing deposit balances resulted in a $0.3 million increase in interest expense. Interest expense as a percentage of average earning assets for 2019 increased eight basis points to 0.27%. The rate on interest-bearing deposits of 0.32% was 15 basis points higher than 2018, primarily due to an increase in certain product rates in response to changes in market interest rates during 2018 and 2019. The rate on borrowings increased 14 basis points to 1.86% in 2019, primarily due to the increase in the average variable rate paid on subordinated debt held by unconsolidated subsidiary trusts and overnight borrowings. Total average funding balances (deposits and borrowings) in 2019 increased $196.1 million, or 2.2%. Average deposits increased $277.1 million, with $260.0 million of the increase from the Kinderhook acquisition. Average non-time deposit balances increased $184.9 million and accounted for 90.3% of total average deposits compared to 91.1% in 2018, due to the addition of $185.9 million in non-time deposit balances with the Kinderhook acquisition, partially offset by a $1.0 million decrease in legacy deposits. Average time deposits increased by $92.2 million year-over-year, including $74.1 million in average time deposits from the Kinderhook acquisition. Average time deposits represented 9.7% of total average deposits for 2019 compared to 8.9% in 2018. Average external borrowings decreased $81.0 million in 2019 as compared to 2018, due to a decrease in average customer repurchase agreements of $42.6 million, a decrease in subordinated debt held by unconsolidated subsidiary trusts of $20.1 million and a decrease in FHLB borrowings, partially offset by an increase in average subordinated notes payable of $6.5 million associated with subordinated notes acquired in the Kinderhook transaction. The decrease in average subordinated debt held by unconsolidated subsidiary trusts was due to the redemption of trust preferred debt held by MBVT I and KCT during the third quarter of 2019 for a total of $22.7 million, partially offset by the addition of the subordinated debt acquired with the Kinderhook transaction in the second half of the year.
The following table sets forth information related to average interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and their associated yields and rates for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018. Interest income and yields are on a fully tax-equivalent basis using marginal income tax rates of 24.0% in both 2020 and 2019 and 24.4% in 2018. Average balances are computed by totaling the daily ending balances in a period and dividing by the number of days in that period. Loan interest income and yields include loan fees and acquired loan accretion. Average loan balances include acquired loan purchase discounts and premiums, nonaccrual loans and loans held for sale.
42
Table 3: Average Balance Sheet
Year Ended December 31, 2020
Year Ended December 31, 2019
Year Ended December 31, 2018
Avg.
Yield/Rate
(000's omitted except yields and rates)
Balance
Interest
Paid
Interest-earning assets:
831,438
1,070
408,343
8,473
2.07
78,888
1,322
1.68
Taxable investment securities (1)
2,806,587
61,468
2.19
2,300,454
57,431
2.50
2,577,695
62,182
2.41
Nontaxable investment securities (1)
455,048
15,121
412,121
14,684
3.56
447,772
16,526
Loans (net of unearned discount) (2)
7,265,089
315,558
4.34
6,542,716
309,148
4.73
6,263,843
287,048
4.58
Total interest-earning assets
11,358,162
393,217
3.46
9,663,634
389,736
4.03
9,368,198
367,078
3.92
Noninterest-earning assets
1,538,337
1,379,539
1,297,011
12,896,499
11,043,173
10,665,209
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Interest checking, savings and money market deposits
6,371,406
5,532
0.09
5,489,307
10,456
0.19
5,403,013
6,292
Time deposits
935,809
11,229
843,024
10,004
1.19
750,814
4,366
0.58
Repurchase agreements
222,738
1,359
218,733
1,615
0.74
261,358
1,597
FHLB borrowings
10,822
210
1.94
9,622
233
2.42
34,374
746
2.17
Subordinated notes payable
12,505
670
5.36
6,467
346
5.35
Subordinated debt held by unconsolidated subsidiary trusts
77,850
1,875
92,262
3,898
4.22
112,322
4,677
4.16
Total interest-bearing liabilities
7,631,130
0.27
6,659,415
6,561,881
Noninterest-bearing liabilities:
Noninterest checking deposits
3,024,763
2,401,413
2,302,806
Other liabilities
213,937
187,628
147,141
Shareholders' equity
2,026,669
1,794,717
1,653,381
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity
Net interest earnings
372,342
363,184
349,400
Net interest spread
3.19
3.63
3.65
Net interest margin on interest-earning assets
Fully tax-equivalent adjustment(3)
3,939
4,009
4,345
43
As discussed above, the change in net interest income (fully tax-equivalent basis) may be analyzed by segregating the volume and rate components of the changes in interest income and interest expense for each underlying category.
Table 4: Rate/Volume
2020 Compared to 2019
2019 Compared to 2018
Increase (Decrease) Due to Change in (1)
Volume
Rate
Net Change
Interest earned on:
4,456
(11,859)
(7,403)
6,765
386
7,151
Taxable investment securities
11,640
(7,603)
4,037
(6,864)
2,113
(4,751)
Nontaxable investment securities
1,467
(1,030)
437
(1,284)
(558)
(1,842)
Loans (net of unearned discount)
32,541
(26,131)
6,410
13,013
9,087
22,100
Total interest-earning assets (2)
62,987
(59,506)
3,481
11,752
10,906
22,658
Interest paid on:
1,472
(6,396)
(4,924)
102
4,062
4,164
1,112
113
1,225
595
5,043
5,638
(285)
(256)
(284)
302
(50)
(23)
(591)
(513)
324
(539)
(1,484)
(2,023)
(847)
68
(779)
Total interest-bearing liabilities (2)
3,489
(9,166)
(5,677)
266
8,874
Net interest earnings (2)
58,978
(49,820)
9,158
11,087
2,697
13,784
Exclusive of the impact of PPP loans, the Company expects its 2021 net interest margin to remain below historical results due to the significant and precipitous drop in the overnight Federal Funds and Prime interest rates in the latter half of the first quarter of 2020 that are expected to remain in place throughout 2021. In the near term, expected decreases in average earning asset yields are unlikely to be fully offset by expected decreases in the average cost of funds. While the Company anticipates assisting the majority of the Company's first round PPP borrowers with forgiveness requests during 2021, the eligibility of the borrowers' forgiveness requests and the SBA's ability to provide loan forgiveness in a timely manner is uncertain at this time. For these reasons, although the stated interest rate on PPP loans is fixed at 1.0%, it is uncertain as to the timing for which the Company's remaining $9.0 million in net deferred PPP origination fees will be recognized as interest income and this may cause earnings asset yield volatility as loans are forgiven by the SBA. In addition, the Company is participating in the 2021 second round of PPP lending, also known as the "Second Draw" program, but is uncertain at this time as to the amount and timing of the PPP loans it will originate or the timing of their forgiveness in 2021.
44
Noninterest Revenues
The Company’s sources of noninterest revenues are of four primary types: 1) general banking services related to loans, including mortgage banking, deposits and other core customer activities typically provided through the branch network and digital banking channels (performed by CBNA); 2) employee benefit trust and benefit plan administration services (performed by BPAS and its subsidiaries); 3) wealth management services, comprised of personal trust services (performed by the trust unit within CBNA), investment products and services (performed by CISI, Wealth Partners and Carta Group) and asset management services (performed by Nottingham); and 4) insurance products and services (performed by OneGroup). Additionally, the Company has other transactions, including unrealized gains or losses on equity securities, realized gains or losses from the sale of investment securities and gains or losses on debt extinguishment.
Table 5: Noninterest Revenues
(000's omitted except ratios)
Employee benefit services
101,329
97,167
92,279
Deposit service charges and fees
28,729
36,978
38,445
Mortgage banking
5,301
523
1,400
Debit interchange and ATM fees
23,409
21,750
26,748
Insurance services
32,372
32,199
30,317
Wealth management services
27,879
25,869
25,772
Other banking revenues
8,985
11,232
8,759
Subtotal
Gain /(loss) on debt extinguishment
Total noninterest revenues
228,419
230,619
224,059
Noninterest revenues/operating revenues (FTE basis) (1)
As displayed in Table 5, total noninterest revenues, excluding unrealized gain/loss on equity securities, gain on debt extinguishment and gain on the sales of investment securities, increased $2.3 million, or 1.0%, to $228.0 million in 2020 as compared to 2019. The increase was comprised of an increase in mortgage banking revenues, growth in revenue from the Company’s employee benefit services businesses, an increase in wealth management and insurance services revenue and an increase in debit interchange and ATM fees, partially offset by a decrease in deposit service charges and fees and other banking revenues. Noninterest revenues, excluding unrealized gain on equity securities, loss on debt extinguishment and gain on the sale of investment securities, increased by $2.0 million, or 0.9%, to $225.7 million in 2019 as compared to 2018. The increase was comprised of growth in revenue from the Company’s employee benefit services businesses, an increase in wealth management and insurance services revenue and an increase in other banking revenues, partially offset by a decrease in debit card-related revenue related to Durbin amendment mandated debit interchange price restrictions and a decrease in mortgage banking revenues.
Noninterest revenues as a percent of operating revenues (FTE basis) were 38.3% in 2020, down 0.4% from the prior year. The current year decrease was due to the 2.5% increase in adjusted net interest income (FTE basis) driven by significant earnings asset growth, while noninterest revenues increased by the 1.0% mentioned above. The 0.9% decrease in this ratio from 2018 to 2019 was driven by a 0.9% increase in noninterest revenues mentioned above, while adjusted net interest income (FTE basis) increased 3.9% with both earnings asset growth and modest net interest margin expansion.
45
A portion of the Company’s recurring noninterest revenue is comprised of the wide variety of fees earned from general banking services provided through the branch network, digital banking channels, mortgage banking and other banking revenues, which totaled $66.4 million in 2020, a decrease of $4.1 million, or 5.8%, from the prior year. The decrease was primarily driven by decreases in deposit services charges and fees and other banking revenues due to a precipitous drop in deposit transaction activity as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, partially offset by an increase in mortgage banking revenues, reflective of the Company’s decision to sell certain secondary market eligible residential mortgage loans during 2020 and the benefit derived from interest rate movements. In addition, debit interchange and ATM fees increased, reflective of the addition of new deposit relationships from the Kinderhook and Steuben acquisitions. Fees from general banking services were $70.5 million in 2019, a decrease of $4.9 million, or 6.4%, from 2018. The decrease was primarily driven by a decrease in debit card-related revenue due to the impact of Durbin amendment mandated debit interchange price restrictions that were effective beginning in the third quarter of 2018, partially offset by the addition of new deposit relationships from the Kinderhook acquisition.
As disclosed in Table 5, noninterest revenue from financial services (revenues from employee benefit services, wealth management services and insurance services) increased $6.4 million, or 4.1%, in 2020 to $161.6 million. In 2020, financial services revenue accounted for 71% of total noninterest revenues, as compared to 67% in 2019. Employee benefit services generated revenue of $101.3 million in 2020 that reflected growth of $4.2 million, or 4.3%, primarily due to organic increases in plan administration, recordkeeping and trustee fees. Employee benefit services revenue in 2019 of $97.2 million reflected growth of $4.9 million, or 5.3%, primarily due to organic increases in the number of supported plans and related participant levels.
Wealth management and insurance services revenues increased $2.2 million, or 3.8%, in 2020 due to a $2.0 million increase in wealth management services revenues and a $0.2 million increase in insurance services revenues attributable to organic growth in both categories. Wealth management and insurance services revenue increased $2.0 million, or 3.5%, in 2019 due primarily to an increase in OneGroup revenue.
Employee benefit trust assets increased $17.7 billion to $107.0 billion for the employee benefit services segment in 2020 as compared to 2019 due primarily to organic growth in the collective investment trust business and market appreciation. Assets under management increased $1.1 billion to $7.7 billion for the wealth management businesses at year end 2020 as compared to one year earlier due to organic growth and market appreciation. Trust assets within the Company’s employee benefit services segment increased $14.9 billion to $89.3 billion at the end of 2019 as compared to 2018 due primarily to organic growth in the collective investment trust business. Assets under management within the Company’s wealth management services segment increased to $6.6 billion at the end of 2019, up $793.8 million from year-end 2018 due to organic growth.
As the economy continues the re-opening process during the COVID-19 pandemic, the Company anticipates that its deposit service charges and fees revenue and debit interchange and ATM fees revenue will increase slightly in 2021 as compared to 2020, barring another shut-down of nonessential businesses in the Company’s market footprint. The Company expects its mortgage banking revenues to decrease in 2021 as compared to 2020 as the Company reduced the amount of sales of secondary market eligible residential mortgage loans beginning in the fourth quarter of 2020.
Noninterest Expenses
As shown in Table 6, noninterest expenses of $376.5 million in 2020 were $4.5 million, or 1.2%, higher than 2019, primarily reflective of an increase in salaries and employee benefits driven by merit-related increases in employee wages and a net increase in full-time equivalent employees between the periods, an increase in data processing and communications expenses associated with the implementation of new customer-facing digital technologies and back office systems, the additional expenses associated with operating an expanded branch network subsequent to the Kinderhook and Steuben transactions and the $3.0 million in one-time litigation accrual expenses incurred in 2020, partially offset by lower acquisition-related expenses and a decline in other expenses due to the general decrease in the level of business activities as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. Noninterest expenses in 2019 increased $26.7 million, or 7.7%, from 2018 to $372.0 million, primarily reflective of the $8.6 million in one-time expenses incurred in 2019 related to the Kinderhook acquisition and the additional expenses associated with operating an expanded branch network subsequent to the Kinderhook transaction.
46
Operating expenses (excluding acquisition expenses, litigation accrual and amortization of intangible assets) as a percent of average assets for 2020 was 2.75%, a decrease of 40 basis points from 3.15% in 2019 and 32 basis points lower than the 3.07% in 2018. The decrease in this ratio for 2020 was due to a 2.0% increase in operating expenses (excluding acquisition expenses, litigation accrual and amortization of intangible assets), while average assets grew by 16.8% due primarily to large net inflows of funds related to government stimulus programs, PPP loan originations and the acquisition of Steuben. The increase in this ratio between 2018 and 2019 was due to a 6.0% increase in operating expenses (excluding acquisition expenses, litigation accrual and amortization of intangible assets) primarily a result of expanded operations from the Kinderhook acquisition, while average assets grew by a lesser 3.5% from net assets and intangibles added from the Kinderhook acquisition and modest organic growth.
The efficiency ratio, a performance measurement tool widely used by banks, is defined by the Company as operating expenses (excluding acquisition expenses, litigation accrual and amortization of intangible assets) divided by operating revenue (fully tax-equivalent net interest income plus noninterest revenue, excluding acquired non-impaired loan accretion, unrealized gains/losses on equity securities, realized gains/losses on investment securities and gains/losses on debt extinguishment). Lower ratios correlate to higher operating efficiency. The 2020 efficiency ratio of 59.6% was consistent with 2019 as the 2.1% increase in operating revenue, comprised of a 2.8% increase in adjusted net interest income and a 1.0% increase in adjusted noninterest revenue, grew at a slightly faster pace than the 2.0% increase in operating expenses, as defined above. The efficiency ratio for 2019 was 1.6% above 2018 as the 6.0% increase in operating expenses grew at a faster pace than the 3.1% increase in operating revenue, comprised of a 4.6% increase in adjusted net interest income and a 0.9% increase in adjusted noninterest revenue, as defined above, that was adversely impacted by being subject to a full year of Durbin amendment restrictions on debit card income versus six months for 2018. See Table 20 for Reconciliation of GAAP to Non-GAAP Measures.
Table 6: Noninterest Expenses
Salaries and employee benefits
228,384
219,916
207,363
Occupancy and equipment
40,732
39,850
39,948
Data processing and communications
45,755
41,407
39,094
Amortization of intangible assets
14,297
15,956
18,155
Legal and professional fees
11,605
10,783
10,644
Business development and marketing
9,463
11,416
9,383
Litigation accrual
2,950
Acquisition expenses
4,933
Other
18,415
24,090
21,471
Total noninterest expenses
376,534
372,026
345,289
Operating expenses(1) /average assets
3.15
3.07
Efficiency ratio(2)
47
Salaries and employee benefits increased $8.5 million, or 3.9%, in 2020, driven by merit-related increases in employee wages and a net increase in full-time equivalent employees between the periods, due to both the Kinderhook acquisition in early third quarter 2019 and the Steuben acquisition in the second quarter of 2020, but were partially offset by lower employee benefit expenses primarily associated with a decrease in employee medical expenses due to reduced provider utilization. Salaries and employee benefits increased $12.6 million, or 6.1%, in 2019, due to the impact of annual merit increases, a partial year of expanded operations associated with the Kinderhook acquisition, higher incentive compensation, and an increase in medical expenses. Total full-time equivalent staff at the end of 2020 was 2,829 compared to 2,763 at December 31, 2019 and 2,675 at the end of 2018. In 2020 and 2019, retirement plan expense also increased due to the increase in service cost associated with an increase in the number of employees participating in the plan combined with an increase in eligible compensation associated with merit increases. See Note K to the financial statements for further information about the pension plan.
Total non-personnel, noninterest expenses, excluding one-time acquisition and litigation accrual expenses, decreased $3.2 million, or 2.3%, in 2020, reflective of the general decrease in the level of business activities as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. Decreases in other expenses, business development and marketing, and amortization of intangible assets were partially offset by increases in data processing and communications, occupancy and equipment and legal and professional fees. Other expenses and business development and marketing decreased due to the general decrease in the level of business activities as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, including travel and entertainment. The increase in data processing and communications expenses was due to the Steuben acquisition and the implementation of new customer-facing digital technologies and back office systems during 2020. Total non-personnel, noninterest expenses, excluding one-time acquisition expenses, increased $4.8 million, or 3.5%, in 2019, mostly reflective of a partial year of the additional costs associated with the acquired Kinderhook business activities. Increases in data processing and communications, legal and professional fees, business development and marketing and other expenses were partially offset by a decrease in occupancy and equipment and amortization of intangible assets.
Acquisition expenses for 2020 totaled $4.9 million, including $4.7 million associated with the Steuben acquisition and $0.2 million associated with the Kinderhook acquisition. Acquisition expenses for 2019 totaled $8.6 million, including $8.0 million associated with the Kinderhook acquisition and $0.6 million associated with the Steuben acquisition. During 2018, the Company recovered $0.8 million of vendor contract termination charges associated with the Merchants acquisition, which were recorded as an acquisition expense during the second quarter of 2017.
The Company recorded $3.0 million in litigation accrual in 2020 related to an anticipated settlement, following mediation, of a purported class action lawsuit regarding the Bank’s deposit account terms and overdraft disclosures and certain overdraft fees assessed pursuant to such terms and disclosures. The Company executed a settlement agreement with respect to the lawsuit in the fourth quarter of 2020 and does not anticipate that additional amounts will be accrued for this matter in future periods. The settlement, which is subject to documentation and Court approval, will provide for a release of all claims asserted by class members in the action.
While the Company remains focused on containing operating expenses, the Company expects operating expenses to increase modestly in 2021 as compared to 2020 due to the resumption of certain marketing and business and employee development endeavors that were suspended due to the COVID-19 pandemic, continued investment in the implementation of new customer-facing digital technologies and back office systems and the impact of a full year of the incremental expenses associated with operating an expanded branch network as a result of the Steuben acquisition.
Income Taxes
The Company estimates its income tax expense based on the amount it expects to owe the respective taxing authorities, plus the impact of deferred tax items. Taxes are discussed in more detail in Note I of the Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on page 110. Accrued taxes represent the net estimated amount due or to be received from taxing authorities. In estimating accrued taxes, management assesses the relative merits and risks of the appropriate tax treatment of transactions, taking into account statutory, judicial and regulatory guidance in the context of the Company’s tax position. If the final resolution of taxes payable differs from its estimates due to regulatory determination or legislative or judicial actions, adjustments to tax expense may be required.
48
On December 22, 2017, H.R.1, referred to as the “Tax Cuts and Jobs Act,” was signed into law. Among other things, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act lowered the corporate tax rate to 21% from a maximum rate of 35%, effective for tax years including or commencing January 1, 2018. ASC 740, Income Taxes, requires deferred tax assets and liabilities to be measured at the enacted tax rate expected to be applied when the temporary differences are to be realized or settled. Thus, as of the December 22, 2017 date of enactment, deferred taxes were re-measured based upon the new 21% tax rate. Prior to the change in tax rate in 2017, the Company had recorded net deferred tax liabilities based on a marginal tax rate of 37.70%. The change in tax rate resulted in a decrease in the marginal tax rate to 24.29% and a deferred tax benefit of $38.0 million from the write-down of the net deferred tax liabilities in the fourth quarter of 2017. The effect of this change in tax law was recorded as a component of the income tax provision including those deferred assets and liabilities that were established through a financial statement component other than continuing operations.
The effective tax rate for 2020 was 20.1%, compared to 19.2% in 2019 and 20.8% in 2018. The increase in the effective rate for 2020, compared to the effective tax rate for 2019, is primarily attributable to a decrease in tax benefits related to stock-based compensation activity and the impact of changes in state apportionment. The decline in the effective rate for 2019, compared to the effective tax rate for 2018, is primarily attributable to an increase in tax benefits related to stock-based compensation activity and a reduction in certain activity-based state income tax expenses.
Shareholders’ Equity
Shareholders’ equity ended 2020 at $2.10 billion, up $248.9 million, or 13.4%, from the end of 2019. This increase reflects net income of $164.7 million, $76.9 million from the issuance of shares as consideration for the Steuben acquisition, $15.8 million from the issuance of shares through the employee stock plans, $6.4 million from stock-based compensation, $1.1 million from the implementation of ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326), also referred to as CECL, on January 1, 2020, $0.1 million for treasury stock issued to the Company’s 401(k) plan and a $72.3 million increase in accumulated other comprehensive income. These increases were partially offset by common stock dividends declared of $88.5 million. The change in accumulated other comprehensive income was comprised of a $66.3 million increase due to changes in the unrealized gains and losses in the Company’s available-for-sale investment portfolio and a positive $6.0 million adjustment in the overfunded status of the Company’s employee retirement plans. Excluding accumulated other comprehensive income in both 2020 and 2019, shareholders’ equity increased by $176.6 million, or 9.5%. Shares outstanding increased by 1.8 million during the year due to the issuance of 1.4 million shares of common stock as consideration for the Steuben acquisition and share issuances under the employee stock plan, deferred compensation arrangements and to the Company’s 401(k) plan.
Shareholders’ equity ended 2019 at $1.86 billion, up $141.5 million, or 8.3%, from the end of 2018. This increase reflects net income of $169.1 million, $6.9 million from the issuance of shares through the employee stock plans, $6.9 million for treasury stock issued to the Company’s 401(k) plan, $5.3 million from stock-based compensation and a $35.1 million increase in accumulated other comprehensive income. These increases were partially offset by common stock dividends declared of $81.8 million. The change in accumulated other comprehensive income was comprised of a $37.1 million increase due to changes in the unrealized gains and losses in the Company’s available-for-sale investment portfolio, partially offset by a negative $2.0 million adjustment in the overfunded status of the Company’s employee retirement plans. Excluding accumulated other comprehensive income in both 2019 and 2018, shareholders’ equity increased by $106.4 million, or 6.0%. Shares outstanding increased by 0.5 million during the year due to share issuances under the employee stock plan, deferred compensation arrangements and to the Company’s 401(k) plan.
The Company’s ratio of ending tier 1 capital to adjusted quarterly average assets (or tier 1 leverage ratio), the primary measure for which regulators have established a 5% minimum for an institution to be considered “well-capitalized,” decreased 0.64% from the prior year to end the year at 10.16%. This was the result of an increase of 21.7% in average adjusted net assets (excludes investment market value adjustment and intangible assets net of related deferred tax liabilities) driven by significant deposit inflows related to government stimulus programs, while tier 1 capital increased by 14.5% from the prior year. For additional financial information on the Company’s regulatory capital, refer to Note P – Regulatory Matters in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. The tangible equity-to-tangible assets ratio (a non-GAAP measure) was 9.92% at the end of 2020 versus 10.01% one year earlier (See Table 20 for Reconciliation of GAAP to Non-GAAP Measures). The decrease was due to tangible common shareholders’ equity increasing by 22.5% from the prior year, while tangible assets increased at a greater 23.6% from the prior year. The Company manages organic and acquired growth in a manner that enables it to continue to maintain and grow its capital base and maintain its ability to take advantage of future strategic growth opportunities.
49
Cash dividends declared on common stock in 2020 of $88.5 million represented an increase of 8.2% over the prior year. This growth was a result of the increase in outstanding shares as noted above and an $0.08 increase in dividends per share for the year. Dividends per share for 2020 of $1.66 represents a 5.1% increase from $1.58 in 2019, a result of quarterly dividends per share increasing from $0.38 to $0.41, or 7.9%, in the third quarter of 2019 and from $0.41 to $0.42, or 2.4%, in the third quarter of 2020. The 2020 increase in quarterly dividends marked the 28th consecutive year of dividend increases for the Company. The dividend payout ratio for this year was 53.7% compared to 48.4% in 2019, and 43.8% in 2018. The dividend payout ratio increased during 2020 because dividends declared increased 8.2% while net income decreased 2.6% from 2019. The dividend payout ratio increased during 2019 because dividends declared increased 10.7% while net income increased 0.3% from 2018.
Liquidity
Liquidity risk is a measure of the Company’s ability to raise cash when needed at a reasonable cost and minimize any loss. The Company maintains appropriate liquidity levels in both normal operating environments as well as stressed environments. The Company must be capable of meeting all obligations to its customers at any time and, therefore, the active management of its liquidity position remains an important management objective. The Bank has appointed the Asset Liability Committee (“ALCO”) to manage liquidity risk using policy guidelines and limits on indicators of potential liquidity risk. The indicators are monitored using a scorecard with three risk level limits. These risk indicators measure core liquidity and funding needs, capital at risk and change in available funding sources. The risk indicators are monitored using such statistics as the core basic surplus ratio, unencumbered securities to average assets, free loan collateral to average assets, loans to deposits, deposits to total funding and borrowings to total funding ratios.
Given the uncertain nature of the Company’s customers' demands, as well as the Company's desire to take advantage of earnings enhancement opportunities, the Company must have adequate sources of on and off-balance sheet funds available that can be utilized in time of need. Accordingly, in addition to the liquidity provided by balance sheet cash flows, liquidity must be supplemented with additional sources such as credit lines from correspondent banks and borrowings from the FHLB and the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (“Federal Reserve”). Other funding alternatives may also be appropriate from time to time, including wholesale and retail repurchase agreements, large certificates of deposit and the brokered CD market. The primary source of non-deposit funds is FHLB overnight advances, of which there were no outstanding borrowings at December 31, 2020.
The Company’s primary sources of liquidity are its liquid assets, as well as unencumbered loans and securities that can be used to collateralize additional funding. At December 31, 2020, the Bank had $1.6 billion of cash and cash equivalents of which $1.5 billion are interest-earning deposits held at the Federal Reserve, FHLB and other correspondent banks. The Company also had $1.7 billion in unused FHLB borrowing capacity based on the Company’s quarter-end loan collateral levels and maintained $256.2 million of funding availability at the Federal Reserve Bank’s discount window. Additionally, the Company has $1.8 billion of unencumbered securities that could be pledged at the FHLB or Federal Reserve to obtain additional funding. There is $25.0 million available in unsecured lines of credit with other correspondent banks at quarter-end.
The Company’s primary approach to measuring short-term liquidity is known as the Basic Surplus/Deficit model. It is used to calculate liquidity over two time periods: first, the amount of cash that could be made available within 30 days (calculated as liquid assets less short-term liabilities as a percentage of average assets); and second, a projection of subsequent cash availability over an additional 60 days. As of December 31, 2020, this ratio was 20.6% for 30-days and 21.6% for 90-days, excluding the Company's capacity to borrow additional funds from the FHLB and other sources. This is considered to be a sufficient amount of liquidity based on the Company’s internal policy requirement of 7.5%.
A sources and uses statement is used by the Company to measure intermediate liquidity risk over the next twelve months. As of December 31, 2020, there is more than enough liquidity available during the next year to cover projected cash outflows. In addition, stress tests on the cash flows are performed in various scenarios ranging from high probability events with a low impact on the liquidity position to low probability events with a high impact on the liquidity position. The results of the stress tests as of December 31, 2020 indicate the Company has sufficient sources of funds for the next year in all simulated stressed scenarios.
To measure longer-term liquidity, a baseline projection of loan and deposit growth for five years is made to reflect how liquidity levels could change over time. This five-year measure reflects ample liquidity for loan and other asset growth over the next five years.
50
Though remote, the possibility of a funding crisis exists at all financial institutions. Accordingly, management has addressed this issue by formulating a Liquidity Contingency Plan, which has been reviewed and approved by both the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) and the Company’s ALCO. The plan addresses the actions that the Company would take in response to both a short-term and long-term funding crisis.
A short-term funding crisis would most likely result from a shock to the financial system, either internal or external, which disrupts orderly short-term funding operations. Such a crisis would likely be temporary in nature and would not involve a change in credit ratings. A long-term funding crisis would most likely be the result of drastic credit deterioration at the Company. Management believes that both potential circumstances have been fully addressed through detailed action plans and the establishment of trigger points for monitoring such events.
Intangible Assets
The changes in intangible assets by reporting segment for the year ended December 31, 2020 are summarized as follows:
Table 7: Intangible Assets
Balance at
Additions /
(000’s omitted)
December 31, 2019
Adjustments
Amortization
Impairment
December 31, 2020
Banking Segment
Goodwill
670,223
19,898
690,121
Core deposit intangibles
16,418
2,928
5,515
13,831
Total Banking Segment
686,641
22,826
703,952
Employee Benefit Services Segment
83,275
Other intangibles
37,775
5,724
32,051
Total Employee Benefit Services Segment
121,050
115,326
All Other Segment
20,312
8,920
1,196
3,058
7,058
Total All Other Segment
29,232
27,370
24,022
Intangible assets at the end of 2020 totaled $846.6 million, an increase of $9.7 million from the prior year due to the addition of $19.9 million of goodwill, $2.9 million of core deposit intangibles and $1.2 million of other intangibles arising from acquisition activity, partially offset by $14.3 million of amortization during the year. The additional goodwill, core deposit intangibles and other intangibles recorded in 2020 resulted from the Steuben acquisition and a $0.3 million adjustment to goodwill from the Kinderhook acquisition that occurred in 2019. Goodwill represents the excess cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the net assets acquired. Goodwill at December 31, 2020 totaled $793.7 million, comprised of $690.1 million related to banking acquisitions and $103.6 million arising from the acquisition of financial services businesses. Goodwill is subject to periodic impairment analysis to determine whether the carrying value of the identified businesses exceeds their fair value, which would necessitate a write-down of goodwill. The Company completed its goodwill impairment analyses during the first quarter of 2019 and no adjustments were necessary for the banking or financial services businesses. The impairment analyses were based upon discounted cash flow modeling techniques that require management to make estimates regarding the amount and timing of expected future cash flows. It also requires the selection of discount rates that reflect the current return characteristics of the market in relation to present risk-free interest rates, estimated equity market premiums and company-specific performance and risk indicators. During 2020, the Company performed quarterly qualitative analyses of goodwill impairment and performed a quantitative assessment of its insurance subsidiary included in the All Other segment during the fourth quarter of 2020 and concluded no adjustments were necessary for the banking or financial services businesses. The qualitative analyses performed in 2020 included assessments of macroeconomic conditions, industry and market considerations, cost factors, overall financial performance, other relevant entity-specific events, events affecting a reporting unit and changes in share price. The Company will be conducting another round of qualitative and quantitative goodwill impairment analyses for all applicable business entities in the fourth quarter of 2021. Management believes that there is a low probability of future impairment with regard to the goodwill associated with its whole-bank, branch and financial services business acquisitions.
51
Core deposit intangibles represent the value of acquired non-time deposits in excess of funding that could have been obtained in the capital markets. Core deposit intangibles are amortized on either an accelerated or straight-line basis over periods ranging from seven to twenty years. The recognition of customer relationship intangibles was determined based on a methodology that calculates the present value of the projected future net income derived from the acquired customer base. These customer relationship intangibles are being amortized on an accelerated basis over periods ranging from eight to twelve years.
The Company’s loans outstanding, by type, as of December 31 are as follows:
Table 8: Loans Outstanding
Business lending
3,440,077
2,775,876
2,396,977
2,424,223
1,490,076
Consumer mortgage
2,401,499
2,430,902
2,235,408
2,220,298
1,819,701
Consumer indirect
1,021,885
1,113,062
1,083,207
1,011,978
1,044,972
Consumer direct
152,657
184,378
178,820
179,929
191,815
Home equity
399,834
386,325
386,709
420,329
401,998
Gross loans
Loans, net of allowance for credit losses
7,355,083
6,840,632
6,231,837
6,209,174
4,901,329
Daily average of total gross loans
5,818,367
4,881,905
As disclosed in Table 8 above, gross loans outstanding of $7.42 billion as of December 31, 2020 increased $525.4 million, or 7.6%, compared to December 31, 2019, reflecting growth in the business lending and home equity portfolios, partially offset by decreases in the consumer indirect, consumer direct, and consumer mortgage portfolios. The growth in the loan portfolio during 2020 was primarily attributable to the origination of PPP loans and the Steuben acquisition. Excluding loans acquired from Steuben, loans increased $185.7 million, or 2.7%. Gross loans outstanding of $6.89 billion as of December 31, 2019 increased $609.4 million, or 9.7%, compared to December 31, 2018, reflecting growth in the business lending, consumer mortgage, consumer indirect and consumer direct portfolios, partially offset by a slight decrease in the home equity portfolio. The growth in the loan portfolio during 2019 was primarily attributable to the Kinderhook acquisition combined with organic growth.
The compounded annual growth rate (“CAGR”) for the Company’s total loan portfolio between 2015 and 2020 was 9.1%. The greatest overall expansion occurred in business loans, which grew at an 18.1% CAGR driven mostly by acquisitions during the five year period and PPP loan originations in 2020. The consumer mortgage portfolio grew at a compounded annual growth rate of 6.3% from 2015 to 2020. The consumer installment segment, including indirect and direct loans, grew at a CAGR of 0.8%. The home equity lending segment declined at a compounded annual growth rate of 0.2% from 2015 to 2020, including the impact from acquisitions.
The weighting of the components of the Company’s loan portfolio enables it to be highly diversified. Approximately 54% of loans outstanding at the end of 2020 were made to consumers borrowing on an installment, line of credit or residential mortgage loan basis. The business lending portfolio is also broadly diversified by industry type as demonstrated by the following distributions at year-end 2020: commercial real estate (38%), restaurant & lodging (11%), general services (10%), healthcare (7%), retail trade (6%), manufacturing (6%), construction (5%), agriculture (4%), motor vehicle and parts dealers (4%) and wholesale trade (3%). A variety of other industries with less than a 3% share of the total portfolio comprise the remaining 6%.
52
The combined total of general-purpose business lending to commercial, industrial, non-profit and municipal customers, mortgages on commercial property and dealer floor plan financing is characterized as the Company’s business lending activity. The business lending portfolio increased $664.2 million, or 23.9%, in 2020 due to the origination of PPP loans and loans acquired in the Steuben transaction. As of December 31, 2020, the Company’s business lending portfolio included 3,417 PPP loans with a total balance of $470.7 million. Excluding loans from the Steuben acquisition, the portfolio increased $410.7 million, or 14.8%. The portfolio increased $378.9 million, or 15.8%, in 2019 due to loans acquired in the Kinderhook transaction and organic growth. Excluding loans from the Kinderhook acquisition, the portfolio increased $67.7 million, or 2.8%, in 2019. Highly competitive conditions for business lending continue to prevail in both the digital marketplace and geographic regions in which the Company operates. The Company strives to generate growth in its business portfolio in a manner that adheres to its goals of maintaining strong asset quality and producing profitable margins. The Company continues to invest in additional personnel, technology, and business development resources to further strengthen its capabilities in this important product category.
The following table shows the maturities and type of interest rates for business and construction loans as of December 31, 2020:
Table 9: Maturity Distribution of Business and Construction Loans (1)
Maturing in
Maturing After
Maturing
One Year or
One but Within
After Five
Less
Five Years
Years
Commercial, financial and agricultural
274,800
1,119,685
1,931,960
3,326,445
Real estate – construction
19,839
27,459
70,935
118,233
294,639
1,147,144
2,002,895
3,444,678
Fixed interest rates
115,827
882,625
870,251
1,868,703
Floating or adjustable interest rates
178,812
264,519
1,132,644
1,575,975
The consumer mortgage loans include no exposure to high-risk mortgage products and are comprised of fixed (99%) and adjustable rate (1%) residential lending. Consumer mortgages decreased $29.4 million, or 1.2%, in 2020, including $26.7 million of loans acquired with the Steuben acquisition and the impacts of selling $79.7 million of consumer mortgage production to the secondary market. In 2019, consumer mortgages increased $195.5 million, or 8.7%, from 2018, including $115.2 million of loans acquired with the Kinderhook acquisition. With the precipitous drop in mortgage interest rates during the latter half of the first quarter of 2020, coupled with currently strong housing prices in the Company’s primary markets, the Company experienced a large increase in mortgage refinance activity in 2020 and intense competition in the marketplace to capture this business. Interest rate levels, secondary market premiums, expected duration and ALCO strategies continue to be the most significant factors in determining whether the Company chooses to retain, versus sell and service, portions of its new mortgage production. Due to very low market interest rates and an increase in secondary market premiums for residential mortgage loans, the Company sold $79.7 million of its originations during 2020 as compared to $2.2 million of its originations during 2019. The Company is currently holding almost all of its new consumer mortgage production in portfolio due to current market conditions. Home equity loans increased $13.5 million, or 3.5%, from the end of 2019, including $39.6 million of home equity loans acquired with the Steuben transaction. The Company continues to experience paydowns in its home equity portfolio due in part to balances being rolled into re-financed first lien consumer mortgages that offer attractive attributes to customers.
Consumer installment loans, both those originated directly in the branches (referred to as “consumer direct”) and indirectly in automobile, marine, and recreational vehicle dealerships (referred to as “consumer indirect”), decreased $122.9 million, or 9.5%, from one year ago, including $19.9 million of consumer installment loans acquired with the Steuben transaction. Although the consumer indirect loan market is highly competitive, the Company is focused on maintaining a profitable, in-market and contiguous market indirect portfolio, while continuing to pursue the expansion of its dealer network. Consumer direct loans provide attractive returns, and the Company is committed to providing competitive market offerings to its customers in this important loan category. Despite the strong competition the Company faces from the financing subsidiaries of vehicle manufacturers and other financial intermediaries, the Company will continue to strive to grow these key portfolios through varying market conditions over the long term.
Due to the COVID-19 crisis’ impact on economic activity and the creation of government stimulus programs to attempt to counteract its effect, consumer liquidity has increased and demand for non-mortgage related consumer loans and credit decreased in 2020 as compared to 2019. The ultimate impact the COVID-19 pandemic will have on loan demand and the Company’s loan balances in 2021 is uncertain at this time. The Company’s business lending balances will be unfavorably impacted as first round PPP loans are forgiven by the SBA, but will benefit from the Company’s participation in the 2021 second round of PPP lending. The Company anticipates assisting the majority of the Company’s first round PPP borrowers with forgiveness requests during 2021. The longer-term implications that COVID-19 and the repayment of PPP loans will have on business lending loan demand are uncertain at this time. The amount of loans the Company will originate in conjunction with the second round of PPP lending, also known as the “Second Draw” program, is also uncertain at this time.
Asset Quality
The following table presents information regarding nonperforming assets as of December 31:
Table 10: Nonperforming Assets
Nonaccrual loans
55,709
4,410
8,370
8,272
5,063
14,970
12,517
12,262
13,788
13,684
2,246
1,856
1,912
2,680
1,872
Total nonaccrual loans
72,929
18,835
22,544
24,740
20,619
Accruing loans 90+ days delinquent
2,299
179
571
145
3,051
2,329
1,625
1,526
1,385
219
156
292
303
169
58
565
566
307
264
1,319
Total accruing loans 90+ days delinquent
3,922
5,426
2,455
2,712
3,076
Nonperforming loans
55,768
6,709
8,549
8,843
5,208
18,021
14,846
13,887
15,314
15,069
220
128
2,811
2,422
2,219
2,944
3,191
Total nonperforming loans
76,851
24,261
24,999
27,452
23,695
Other real estate (OREO)
883
1,270
1,320
1,915
1,966
Total nonperforming assets
77,734
25,531
26,319
29,367
25,661
Nonperforming loans / total loans
Nonperforming assets / total loans and other real estate
1.05
0.37
0.47
0.52
Delinquent loans (30 days past due to nonaccruing) to total loans
1.50
0.94
1.00
1.10
Provision for credit losses to net charge-offs
54
The Company places a loan on nonaccrual status when the loan becomes 90 days past due, or sooner if management concludes collection of interest is doubtful, except when, in the opinion of management, it is well-collateralized and in the process of collection. As shown in Table 10 above, nonperforming loans, defined as nonaccruing loans and accruing loans 90 days or more past due, ended 2020 at $76.9 million. This represents an increase of $52.6 million from the $24.3 million in nonperforming loans at the end of 2019. During the fourth quarter of 2020, several commercial borrowers, which primarily operate in the hospitality, travel and entertainment industries, requested further extensions of existing loan repayment forbearance due to the continued pandemic-related financial hardship they were experiencing. Although the Company’s management granted these forbearance requests, it also reclassified the majority of these loan relationships from accruing to nonaccrual status, unless the borrower clearly demonstrated current repayment capacity or sufficient cash reserves to service their pre-forbearance payment obligations. Loans acquired in the Steuben acquisition attributed to $16.9 million of the increase in nonperforming loans. The ratio of nonperforming loans to total loans at December 31, 2020 increased 69 basis points from the prior year to 1.04%. The ratio of nonperforming assets (which includes other real estate owned, or “OREO”, in addition to nonperforming loans) to total loans plus OREO increased to 1.05% at year-end 2020, up 68 basis points from one year earlier. At December 31, 2020, OREO consisted of five residential properties with a total value of $0.3 million and one commercial real estate property with a total value of $0.6 million. This compares to 16 residential properties with a total value of $1.0 million and two commercial real estate properties with a total value of $0.3 million at December 31, 2019.
From a credit risk and lending perspective, the Company continues to take actions to assess and monitor its COVID-19 related credit exposures. No specific credit impairment has been identified within the Company’s investment securities portfolio, including the Company’s municipal securities portfolio since the onset of the pandemic. With respect to the Company’s lending activities, the Company continues to utilize a customer forbearance program to assist borrowers that may be experiencing financial hardship due to COVID-19 related challenges. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had 74 borrowers in forbearance due to COVID-19 related financial hardship, representing $66.5 million in outstanding loan balances, or 0.9% of total loans outstanding. This compares to 216 borrowers and $192.7 million in outstanding loan balances, or 2.6%, of total loans outstanding in forbearance at September 30, 2020 and 3,699 borrowers in forbearance at June 30, 2020, representing $704.1 million in outstanding loan balances, or 9.4% of total loans outstanding.
Consistent with industry regulatory guidance, borrowers that were otherwise current on loan payments and granted COVID-19 related financial hardship payment deferrals were reported as current loans throughout the first 180 days of the deferral period. Borrowers that were delinquent in their payments to the Bank prior to requesting a COVID-19 related financial hardship payment deferral were reviewed on a case-by-case basis for troubled debt restructure classification and nonperforming loan status.
Approximately 73% of the nonperforming loans at December 31, 2020 are related to the business lending portfolio, which is comprised of business loans broadly diversified by industry type. The level of nonperforming business loans increased from the prior year due to the continued pandemic-related financial hardship experienced by certain borrowers. During the quarter, several borrowers that operate in the hospitality, travel and entertainment industries requested extended forbearance agreements to mitigate the ongoing cash flow challenges of their businesses. Although the Company continued to accommodate reasonable forbearance requests for these borrowers, the Company determined that loans subject to a third forbearance would be classified as nonaccrual unless the borrower could demonstrate current cash flows or payment reserves to service their pre-forbearance payment obligations. Approximately 23% of nonperforming loans at December 31, 2020 are related to the consumer mortgage portfolio. Collateral values of residential properties within the Company’s market area have generally remained stable over the past several years. Additionally, strong economic conditions prior to COVID-19, including lower unemployment levels, positively impacted consumers and had resulted in more favorable nonperforming consumer mortgage ratios. Economic conditions impacted by COVID-19, including increased unemployment rates, travel restrictions, and state government shutdowns of business activities, as well as COVID-19 related delays in foreclosure processes have caused a modest increase in nonperforming loans in the consumer mortgage portfolio. The Company will continue to monitor the impact that weak economic conditions associated with the COVID-19 pandemic could have on its level of delinquent loans, nonperforming assets and ultimately credit-related losses. The remaining 4% percent of nonperforming loans relate to consumer installment and home equity loans, with home equity non-performing loan levels being driven by the same factors identified for consumer mortgages. The allowance for credit losses to nonperforming loans ratio, a general measure of coverage adequacy, was 79% at the end of 2020 compared to 206% at year-end 2019 and 197% at December 31, 2018. It is expected that this ratio will return to levels more in line with long-term historical results when remaining COVID-19 restrictions are eventually lifted and economic and business performance transition back to a state more consistent with pre-pandemic conditions.
55
The Company’s senior management, special asset officers and lenders review all delinquent and nonaccrual loans and OREO regularly in order to identify deteriorating situations, monitor known problem credits and discuss any needed changes to collection efforts, if warranted. Based on the group’s consensus, a relationship may be assigned a special assets officer or other senior lending officer to review the loan, meet with the borrowers, assess the collateral and recommend an action plan. This plan could include foreclosure, restructuring loans, issuing demand letters or other actions. The Company’s larger criticized credits are also reviewed on a quarterly basis by senior credit administration management, special assets officers and commercial lending management to monitor their status and discuss relationship management plans. Commercial lending management reviews the criticized business loan portfolio on a monthly basis.
Total delinquencies, defined as loans 30 days or more past due or in nonaccrual status, finished the current year at 1.50% of total loans outstanding, compared to 0.94% at the end of 2019, driven primarily by the aforementioned pandemic-related hardship experienced by certain loan customers. Consistent with industry regulatory guidance, borrowers that were otherwise current on loan payments and granted COVID-19 related financial hardship payment deferrals were reported as current loans throughout the first 180 days of the deferral period and this arrangement expired for most deferrals in the third quarter of 2020. As of year-end 2020, delinquency ratios for business lending, consumer installment loans, consumer mortgages and home equity loans were 1.76%, 1.24%, 1.30%, and 1.28%, respectively. These ratios compare to the year-end 2019 delinquency rates for business lending, consumer installment loans, consumer mortgages and home equity loans of 0.69%, 1.12%, 1.10%, and 1.21%, respectively. Delinquency levels, particularly in the 30 to 89 days category, tend to be somewhat volatile due to their measurement at a point in time, and therefore management believes that it is useful to evaluate this ratio over a longer time period. The average quarter-end delinquency ratio for total loans in 2020 was 1.03%, as compared to an average of 0.89% in 2019, and 0.96% in 2018, reflective of the adverse impact that COVID-19 had on certain customers in 2020. It is expected that the Company’s continued focus on maintaining strict underwriting standards and the effective utilization of its collection capabilities will enable the Company to bring delinquency levels back down to levels more consistent with pre-pandemic levels as economic conditions gradually improve.
Loans are considered modified in a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”) when, due to a borrower’s financial difficulties, the Company makes one or more concessions to the borrower that it would not otherwise consider. These modifications primarily include, among others, an extension of the term of the loan or granting a period with reduced or no principal and/or interest payments, which can be recaptured through payments made over the remaining term of the loan or at maturity. Historically, the Company has created very few TDRs. Regulatory guidance by the OCC requires certain loans that have been discharged in Chapter 7 bankruptcy to be reported as TDRs. In accordance with this guidance, loans that have been discharged in Chapter 7 bankruptcy but not reaffirmed by the borrower are classified as TDRs, irrespective of payment history or delinquency status, even if the repayment terms for the loan have not been otherwise modified and the Company’s lien position against the underlying collateral remains unchanged. Pursuant to that guidance, the Company records a charge-off equal to any portion of the carrying value that exceeds the assessed net realizable value of the collateral. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had 73 loans totaling $3.2 million considered to be nonaccruing TDRs and 174 loans totaling $3.8 million considered to be accruing TDRs. This compares to 80 loans totaling $3.6 million considered to be nonaccruing TDRs and 168 loans totaling $3.4 million considered to be accruing TDRs at December 31, 2019. Consistent with industry regulatory guidance, borrowers that were otherwise current on loan payments and granted COVID-19 related financial hardship payment deferrals were reported as current loans throughout the first 180 days of the deferral period and were not classified as TDRs. Borrowers that were delinquent in their payments to the Bank prior to requesting a COVID-19 related financial hardship payment deferral were reviewed on a case-by-case basis for TDR classification and nonperforming loan status.
While the Company will continue to adapt to changing economic and market conditions and remain very focused on asset quality, the Company expects that the COVID-19 pandemic will continue to negatively impact business activity and employment levels and continue to adversely affect certain borrower’s ability to service debt and may increase loan delinquency, nonaccrual and credit loss levels in 2021. Additionally, the Company anticipates that the number and amount of COVID-19 financial hardship forbearance agreements will decrease during 2021, which may increase loan delinquency and nonperforming loan levels as the status of some of the borrowers could change after deferment expires. The customers that were otherwise current on loan payments and were granted COVID-19 related financial hardship payment deferrals had been reported as current loans throughout the first two agreed upon deferral periods. Their credit classification will change after their second deferment period ends if they are not able to meet their contractual obligations.
56
The changes in the allowance for credit losses for the last five years are as follows:
Table 11: Allowance for Credit Losses Activity
(000’s omitted except for ratios)
Allowance for credit losses at beginning of period
49,911
49,284
47,583
47,233
45,401
Impact of adopting ASC 326
1,357
Charge-offs:
1,588
2,334
3,947
5,229
1,969
862
1,372
836
707
647
6,382
7,631
8,382
8,456
7,643
1,633
1,945
1,777
2,081
445
544
284
218
Total charge-offs
10,664
13,727
15,486
16,757
12,183
Recoveries:
796
826
485
656
616
130
115
3,992
4,180
4,874
4,516
4,168
743
710
807
849
901
148
Total recoveries
5,689
5,924
6,350
6,123
5,939
Net charge-offs
4,975
7,803
9,136
10,634
6,244
Allowance for credit losses on acquired PCD loans
668
Provision for credit losses related to loans
10,914
Acquisition-related provision for credit losses related to loans
2,994
Allowance for credit losses at end of period
60,869
Liabilities for off-balance-sheet credit exposures at beginning of period
1,185
Provision for credit losses related to off-balance sheet credit exposures
237
Acquisition-related provision for credit losses related to off-balance sheet credit exposures
67
Liabilities for off-balance-sheet credit exposures at end of period
1,489
Allowance for credit losses / total loans
Allowance for credit losses / nonperforming loans
Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding:
0.02
0.06
0.22
0.23
0.33
0.50
0.66
0.65
0.04
0.08
Total loans
As displayed in Table 11 above, total net charge-offs in 2020 were $5.0 million, $2.8 million less than the prior year due to a decrease in net charge-offs in all five of the Company’s portfolios. Net charge-offs in 2019 were $1.3 million less than 2018 due to a decrease in net charge-offs in the business lending, consumer indirect and home equity portfolios, partially offset by an increase in net charge-offs in the consumer mortgage and consumer direct portfolios.
57
Due to the significant increases in average loan balances over time as a result of acquisitions and organic growth, management believes that net charge-offs as a percent of average loans (“net charge-off ratio”) offers the most meaningful representation of charge-off trends. The total net charge-off ratio of 0.07% for 2020 was five basis points lower than the 0.12% ratio from 2019, and eight basis points lower than the 0.15% ratio from 2018. Gross charge-offs as a percentage of average loans was 0.15% in 2020, as compared to 0.21% in 2019, and 0.25% in 2018, evidence of management’s continued focus on maintaining strict underwriting standards. Recoveries were $5.7 million in 2020, representing 47% of average gross charge-offs for the latest two years, compared to 41% in 2019 and 39% in 2018, reflective of relatively strong price levels for real estate and automobiles in 2020 and the continued effectiveness of the Company’s repossession and disposition capabilities.
Business loan net charge-offs decreased in 2020, totaling $0.8 million, or 0.02% of average business loans outstanding, compared to $1.5 million, or 0.06% of the average outstanding balance in 2019. Consumer installment loan net charge-offs decreased to $3.3 million this year from $4.7 million in 2019, with a net charge-off ratio of 0.27% in 2020 and 0.37% in 2019. The dollar amount of consumer mortgage net charge-offs decreased to $0.7 million in 2020 compared to $1.3 million in 2019, with a net charge-off ratio of 0.03% in 2020 compared to 0.06% in 2019. Home equity net charge-offs of $0.2 million decreased $0.1 million in 2020 and the net charge-off ratio decreased four basis points to 0.04%.
Management continually evaluates the credit quality of the Company’s loan portfolio and conducts a formal review of the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses on a quarterly basis. The two primary components of the loan review process that are used to determine proper allowance levels are specific and general loan loss allocations. Measurement of specific loan loss allocations is typically based on expected future cash flows, collateral values and other factors that may impact the borrower’s ability to repay. Impaired loans with outstanding balances that are greater than $0.5 million are evaluated for specific loan loss allocations. Consumer mortgages, consumer installment and home equity loans are considered smaller balance homogeneous loans and are evaluated collectively. The Company considers a loan to be impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all principal and interest according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement or the loan is delinquent 90 days or more.
The second component of the allowance establishment process, general loan loss allocations, is estimated using relevant available information, from internal and external sources, relating to past events, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. Historical credit loss experience provides the basis for the estimation of expected credit losses. Adjustments are made for differences in current loan-specific risk characteristics such as differences in underwriting standards, portfolio mix, acquired loans, delinquency levels, risk ratings or term of loans as well as changes in macroeconomic conditions, such as recent and projected unemployment rates and other relevant factors. The segments of the Company’s loan portfolio are disaggregated into classes that allow management to monitor risk and performance. The allowance for credit losses is measured on a collective (pool) basis when similar risk characteristics exist, including customer channel, collateral type, credit ratings/scores, origination vintage and payment structure. In addition to these risk characteristics, the Company considers the portion of acquired loans to the overall segment balance, the change in the volume and terms of originations, differences between the losses incurred in the period used for quantitative modeling and a longer timeframe that includes the previous recession, as well as recent delinquency, charge-off and risk rating trends compared to historical time periods. The Company measures the allowance for credit losses using either the cumulative loss rate method, the line loss method, or the vintage loss rate method, dependent on the loan portfolio class. The allowance levels computed from the specific and general loan loss allocation methods are combined with unallocated allowances, if any, to derive the required allowance for credit losses to be reflected on the Consolidated Statement of Condition.
The provision for credit losses is calculated by subtracting the previous period allowance for credit losses, net of the interim period net charge-offs, from the current required allowance level. This provision is then recorded in the income statement for that period. Members of senior management and the Audit and Compliance Committee of the Board of Directors (“Audit Committee”) review the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses quarterly. Management is committed to continually improving the credit assessment and risk management capabilities of the Company and has dedicated the resources necessary to ensure advancement in this critical area of operations.
Acquired loans are reviewed at their acquisition date to determine whether they have experienced a more-than-insignificant credit deterioration since origination. Loans that meet that definition according to the Company’s policy are referred to as purchased credit deteriorated (“PCD”) loans. PCD loans are initially recorded at the amount paid. An allowance for credit losses is determined using the same methodology as other loans. The initial allowance for credit losses determined on a collective basis is allocated to individual loans. The sum of the loan’s purchase price and allowance for credit losses becomes its initial amortized cost basis. The difference between the initial amortized cost basis and the par value of the loan is a noncredit discount or premium, which is amortized into interest income over the life of the loan. Subsequent changes to the allowance for credit losses are recorded as provision for (or reversal of) credit losses. During 2020, the Company recorded $0.7 million of initial allowance for credit losses on PCD loans from the Steuben acquisition.
For acquired loans that are not deemed PCD at acquisition (non-PCD), a fair value adjustment is recorded that includes both credit and interest rate considerations. A provision for credit losses is also recorded at acquisition for the credit considerations on non-PCD loans. Subsequent to the purchase date, the methods utilized to estimate the required allowance for credit losses for these loans are the same as originated loans and subsequent changes to the allowance for credit losses are recorded as provision for (or reversal of) credit losses. During 2020, the Company recorded $3.0 million of initial acquisition-related provision for credit losses related to loans from the Steuben acquisition.
As of December 31, 2020, the net purchase discount related to the $1.37 billion of remaining non-PCD loan balances acquired from Steuben Trust Company in 2020, The National Union Bank of Kinderhook in 2019, Merchants Bank in 2017, Oneida Savings Bank in 2015, HSBC Bank USA, N.A. in 2012, First Niagara Bank, N.A. in 2012, and Wilber National Bank in 2011 was approximately $12.0 million, or 0.87% of that portfolio.
The allowance for credit losses increased to $60.9 million at the end of 2020 from $49.9 million as of year-end 2019. The $11.0 million increase was driven by a $10.9 million non-acquisition-related provision for credit losses related to loans, $2.5 million higher than the prior year, primarily due to the deterioration of economic conditions as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, including increased unemployment rates and their potential impact on future credit losses, $3.0 million of acquisition-related provision for credit losses related to loans from the Steuben acquisition, a $1.4 million increase due to the implementation of CECL, a $0.7 million increase due to allowance for credit losses recorded on PCD loans acquired in the Steuben acquisition, partially offset by $5.0 million of net charge-offs.
During the first two quarters of 2020, financial conditions deteriorated rapidly as state and local governments shut down a substantial portion of business activities in the Company’s markets and unemployment levels spiked. These conditions drove the Company to build its allowance for credit losses during the first two quarters of 2020 to account for expected life of loan losses in the loan portfolio. During the third quarter, the economic outlook remained unclear as markets were uncertain as to the efficacy, approval and roll-out of a COVID-19 vaccine and the Company continued to build its allowance for credit losses. During the fourth quarter, with a greater than anticipated decline in actual unemployment levels, as well as the Federal Government’s approval of a COVID-19 vaccine and Congress’ approval of additional federal stimulus funding, the near-term economic forecast improved significantly driving an improvement in the economic outlook and as a result, a reduction in the Company’s allowance for credit losses during the fourth quarter. During the fourth quarter, the Company recorded a net benefit in the provision for credit losses driven by several factors, including a $2.0 million reversal of a previously recorded allowance for credit loss on a purchased credit deteriorated loan, a significant improvement in the economic outlook and a substantial decrease in loans under COVID-19 related forbearance agreements, offset, in part, by a substantial, but anticipated, increase in nonperforming assets and the related specific impairment reserves on a portion of those nonperforming assets.
The ratio of the allowance for credit losses to total loans of 0.82% for year-end 2020 increased 10 basis points from the 0.72% ratio for 2019 and was up four basis points from the 0.78% ratio for 2018, due in part to the aforementioned deterioration of economic conditions associated with the COVID-19 pandemic, and related increases in non-performing loan levels and the downgrade of the risk ratings on certain business loans, as well as acquired growth in the loan portfolio and the impacts of changes to the allowance methodology due to the adoption of CECL on January 1, 2020. Management believes the year-end 2020 allowance for credit losses to be adequate. The provision for credit losses as a percentage of average loans was 0.20% in 2020 as compared to 0.13% in 2019 and 0.17% in 2018. The provision for credit losses was 286% of net charge-offs this year versus 108% in 2019 and 119% in 2018.
The following table sets forth the allocation of the allowance for credit losses by loan category as of the end of the years indicated, as well as the proportional share of each category’s loan balance to total loans. This allocation is based on management’s assessment, as of a given point in time, of the risk characteristics of each of the component parts of the total loan portfolio and is subject to changes when the risk factors of each component part change. The allocation is not indicative of either the specific amounts of the loan categories in which future charge-offs may be taken, nor should it be taken as an indicator of future loss trends. The allocation of the allowance to each category does not restrict the use of the allowance to absorb losses in any category.
Table 12: Allowance for Credit Losses by Loan Type
Allowance
Loan Mix
28,190
45.8
19,426
40.1
18,522
38.1
17,257
38.5
17,220
30.0
10,672
32.4
10,269
35.3
10,124
35.6
10,465
10,094
36.8
13,696
13.8
13,712
16.1
14,366
17.2
13,468
16.2
13,782
21.1
3,207
2.0
3,255
2.7
3,095
2.8
3,039
2.9
2,979
3.9
2,222
5.4
2,129
5.6
2,144
6.2
2,107
6.7
2,399
8.1
PCD loans
1,882
0.6
163
0.2
0.1
Unallocated
1,000
957
1,100
651
100.0
As demonstrated in Table 12 above and discussed previously, business lending and consumer installment by their nature carry higher credit risk than residential real estate, and as a result these loans carry allowance for credit losses that cover a higher percentage of their total portfolio balances. The unallocated allowance is maintained for potential inherent losses in the specific portfolios that are not captured due to model imprecision. The unallocated allowance of $1.0 million at year-end 2020 was consistent with December 31, 2019. The changes in year-over-year allowance allocations reflect management’s continued refinement of its loss estimation techniques and changes due to the implementation of CECL. However, given the inherent imprecision in the many estimates used in the determination of the allocated portion of the allowance, management remained conservative in the approaches used to establish the overall allowance for credit losses. Management considers the allocated and unallocated portions of the allowance for credit losses to be prudent and reasonable. Furthermore, the Company’s allowance for credit losses is general in nature and is available to absorb losses from any loan category.
Since the ultimate effect the COVID-19 pandemic will have on the Company’s credit losses remains uncertain, the provision for credit losses during 2020 should not be interpreted as a trend or utilized to forecast the provision for, or reversal of, credit losses in future periods. Any improvements in the economic forecast may be offset by increases in delinquent and nonperforming loan balances and downward shifts of business risk ratings in future periods as COVID-affected borrowers may not resume full payment of contractual amounts upon expiration of their forbearance agreements.
Funding Sources
The Company utilizes a variety of funding sources to support the earning-asset base as well as to achieve targeted growth objectives. Overall funding is comprised of three primary sources that possess a variety of maturity, stability, and price characteristics; deposits of individuals, partnerships and corporations (nonpublic deposits), municipal deposits that are collateralized for amounts not covered by FDIC insurance (public funds), and external borrowings. The average daily amount of deposits and the average rate paid on each of the following deposit categories are summarized below for the years indicated:
Table 13: Average Deposits
(000’s omitted, except rates)
Rate Paid
Interest checking deposits
2,536,958
2,048,142
1,898,118
Savings deposits
1,755,935
1,507,728
1,458,676
Money market deposits
2,078,513
1,933,437
0.30
2,046,219
Total deposits
10,331,978
0.16
8,733,744
8,456,633
As displayed in Table 13, average total deposits in 2020 increased $1.60 billion, or 18.3%, from the prior year comprised of a $1.51 billion, or 19.1%, increase in non-time deposits, and a $92.8 million, or 11.0%, increase in time deposits. The increase in average deposits was primarily due to large net inflows of funds from government stimulus programs and the acquisition of Steuben. The Company acquired $516.3 million of deposits from the Steuben acquisition, including $96.5 million of time deposits and $419.8 million of non-time deposits. The cost of deposits, including the impact of non-interest checking deposits, decreased seven basis points from 0.23% in 2019 to 0.16% in 2020.
Total average deposits for 2019 increased $277.1 million, or 3.3%, from 2018 comprised of a $184.9 million, or 2.4%, increase in non-time deposits, and a $92.2 million, or 12.3%, increase in time deposits. Excluding the impact of the Kinderhook acquisition, average total deposits increased $17.1 million, or 0.2%, as compared to 2018. Average non-time deposit balances, excluding deposits acquired in the Kinderhook acquisition, decreased $1.0 million as compared to 2018, and time deposits, excluding the impact of Kinderhook acquired balances, increased $18.1 million, or 2.4%. The cost of deposits, including the impact of non-interest checking deposits, increased 10 basis points from 0.13% in 2018 to 0.23% in 2019.
Nonpublic, non-time deposits are frequently considered to be a bank’s most attractive source of funding because they are generally stable, do not need to be collateralized, carry a relatively low rate, generate solid fee income, and provide a strong customer base for which a variety of loan, deposit and other financial service-related products can be cross-sold. The Company’s funding composition continues to benefit from a high level of nonpublic deposits, which reached an all-time high in 2020 with an average balance of $9.16 billion, an increase of $1.42 billion, or 18.4%, over the comparable 2019 period.
Full-year average public fund deposits increased $173.9 million, or 17.5%, during 2020 to $1.17 billion. Public fund deposit balances tend to be more volatile than nonpublic deposits because they are heavily impacted by the seasonality of tax collection and fiscal spending patterns, as well as the longer-term financial position of the local government entities, which can change from year to year. However, the Company has many strong, long-standing relationships with municipal entities throughout its markets and the diversified non-time deposits held by these customers have provided an attractive and comparatively stable funding source over an extended time period. The Company is required to collateralize local government deposits in excess of FDIC coverage with marketable securities from its investment portfolio. Due to this stipulation, as well as the competitive bidding nature of municipal time deposits, management considers this funding source to share some of the same attributes as borrowings.
The mix of average deposits is largely consistent with the prior year. Non-time deposits (noninterest checking, interest checking, savings and money markets) represent approximately 91% of the Company’s average deposit funding base, while time deposits represent approximately 9% of total average deposits. The cost of interest-bearing deposits of 0.23% in 2020 was nine basis points lower than the 0.32% cost of interest-bearing deposits in 2019. The total cost of deposit funding, which includes noninterest-bearing deposits, was 0.16% in 2020, a seven basis point decrease from the prior year.
The Company is uncertain as to whether the relatively high levels of deposits in recent periods will be maintained, spent down, or increased further by additional inflows of funds associated with COVID-19 related government stimulus funds.
61
The remaining maturities of time deposits in amounts of $250,000 or more outstanding as of December 31 are as follows:
Table 14: Maturity of Time Deposits $250,000 or More
Less than three months
74,132
30,306
Three months to six months
12,420
25,028
Six months to one year
54,335
18,559
Over one year
38,719
56,624
179,606
130,517
Borrowing sources for the Company include the FHLB, Federal Reserve, and other correspondent banks, as well as access to the brokered CD and repurchase markets through established relationships with primary market security dealers. The Company also had $77.3 million in floating-rate subordinated debt that is held by an unconsolidated subsidiary trust and $3.3 million in fixed-rate subordinated notes acquired with the Kinderhook acquisition outstanding at the end of 2020.
As shown in Table 15, year-end 2020 borrowings totaled $371.3 million, an increase of $26.4 million from the $344.9 million outstanding at the end of 2019 primarily due to an increase in securities sold under an agreement to repurchase (“customer repurchase agreements”) and an increase in other FHLB borrowings acquired in the Steuben transaction, partially offset by the redemption of subordinated notes payable acquired in the Kinderhook transaction and a decrease in FHLB overnight borrowings. Borrowings averaged $323.9 million, or 3.0% of total funding sources for 2020, as compared to $327.1 million, or 3.6% of total funding sources for 2019. As shown in Table 16, at the end of 2020 the Company had $299.1 million, or 69% of contractual obligations, that had remaining terms of one year or less as compared to 60% of contractual obligations maturing within one year at December 31, 2019.
As displayed in Table 3 on page 43, the percentage of funding from deposits in 2020 was slightly higher than the level in 2019 primarily due to the large net inflows of funds from government stimulus programs and the acquisition of Steuben. The percentage of average funding derived from deposits was 97.0% in 2020 as compared to 96.4% in 2019 and 95.4% in 2018. During 2020, average deposits increased 18.3%, while average borrowings decreased 1.0%.
The following table summarizes the outstanding balance of borrowings of the Company as of December 31:
Table 15: Borrowings
FHLB overnight advance
8,300
54,400
Securities sold under agreement to repurchase, short term
284,008
241,708
259,367
Other Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings
6,658
3,750
1,976
Subordinated notes payable (1)
3,303
13,795
77,320
97,939
Balance at end of period
Daily average during the year
323,915
327,084
408,054
Maximum month-end balance
379,503
351,863
457,469
Weighted-average rate during the year
1.27
1.86
1.72
Weighted-average year-end rate
1.65
1.84
62
The following table shows the contractual maturities of various obligations as of December 31, 2020:
Table 16: Maturities of Contractual Obligations
After One
After Three
Within
Year but
Years but
One Year
After
or Less
Three Years
4,675
1,138
289
556
3,000
Interest on borrowings
1,717
3,316
3,282
16,248
24,563
Operating leases
8,697
13,841
8,661
8,222
39,421
299,097
18,295
12,232
105,346
434,970
Financial Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk
The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments consist primarily of commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to customers, generally having fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses that may require payment of a fee. These commitments consist principally of unused commercial and consumer credit lines. Standby letters of credit generally are contingent upon the failure of the customer to perform according to the terms of an underlying contract with a third party. The credit risks associated with commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit are essentially the same as that involved with extending loans to customers and are subject to normal credit policies. Collateral may be required based on management’s assessment of the customer’s creditworthiness. The fair value of the standby letters of credit is considered immaterial for disclosure purposes.
The contractual amounts of these off-balance sheet financial instruments as of December 31 were as follows:
Table 17: Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments
Commitments to extend credit
1,313,568
1,143,780
Standby letters of credit
39,213
37,872
1,352,781
1,181,652
Investments
The objective of the Company’s investment portfolio is to hold low-risk, high-quality earning assets that provide favorable returns and provide another effective tool to actively manage its earning asset/funding liability position in order to maximize future net interest income opportunities. This must be accomplished within the following constraints: (a) implementing certain interest rate risk management strategies which achieve a relatively stable level of net interest income; (b) providing both the regulatory and operational liquidity necessary to conduct day-to-day business activities; (c) considering investment risk-weights as determined by the regulatory risk-based capital guidelines; and (d) generating a favorable return without undue compromise of the other requirements.
63
The carrying value of the Company’s investment portfolio ended 2020 at $3.60 billion, an increase of $507.0 million, or 16.4%, from the end of 2019. The book value (excluding unrealized gains and losses) of the portfolio increased $419.8 million from December 31, 2019. The unrealized gain on the portfolio was $121.1 million as of December 31, 2020. During 2020, the Company purchased $984.2 million of U.S. Treasury and agency securities with an average yield of 1.38%, $116.3 million of government agency mortgage-backed securities with an average yield of 1.97%, $11.3 million of obligations of state and political subdivisions with an average yield of 3.37% and $3.0 million of corporate debt securities with an average yield of 5.38%. The Company also acquired $179.7 million of available-for-sale securities and $0.8 million of equity and other securities as part of the Steuben transaction. These additions were offset by $886.1 million of investment maturities, calls, and principal payments in 2020. The effective duration of the securities portfolio was 7.7 years at the end of 2020, as compared to 4.3 years at year end 2019.
The carrying value of the Company’s investment portfolio increased $106.7 million during 2019 to end the year at $3.09 billion. The book value of the portfolio increased $57.6 million from December 31, 2018. The unrealized gain on the portfolio was $33.8 million as of December 31, 2019. During 2019, the Company purchased $98.6 million of government agency mortgage-backed securities with an average yield of 2.93%, $111.3 million of obligations of state and political subdivisions with an average fully tax-equivalent yield of 3.31%, $542.2 million in U.S. Treasury securities with an average yield of 1.98% and $58.0 million in U.S. agency securities with an average yield of 2.40%. The Company also acquired $37.7 million of available-for-sale securities and $2.1 million of equity and other securities as part of the Kinderhook transaction. These additions were offset by $209.9 million of investment maturities, calls, and principal payments in 2019, and the sale of $590.2 million of available-for-sale Treasury securities with a remaining maturity of less than five years and a 2.09% yield to maturity. The sale of investment securities in the second quarter of 2019 resulted in a $4.9 million net realized gain.
The investment portfolio has limited credit risk due to the composition continuing to heavily favor U.S. Treasury debentures, U.S. Agency mortgage-backed pass-throughs (MBS), U.S. Agency collateralized mortgage obligations (CMOs) and municipal bonds. The U.S. Treasury debentures, U.S. Agency mortgage-backed pass-throughs and U.S. Agency CMOs are all rated AAA (highest possible rating) by Moody’s and AA+ by Standard and Poor’s. The majority of the municipal bonds are rated A or higher. The portfolio does not include any private label MBS or private label CMOs. The overall mix of securities within the portfolio over the last year has changed modestly, with an increase in the proportion of U.S. Treasury and agency securities, government agency MBS, corporate debt and equity securities, while the proportion of obligations of state and political subdivisions and government agency CMOs decreased.
The net unrealized market value gain on the investment portfolio as of December 31, 2020 was $121.1 million, as compared to an unrealized gain of $33.8 million one year earlier. This increase is indicative of interest rate movements over the period and modest changes in the composition of the portfolio.
The following table sets forth the amortized cost and market value for the Company's investment securities portfolio:
Table 18: Investment Securities
Amortized
Cost/Book
Value
Fair Value
Available-for-Sale Portfolio:
U.S. Treasury and agency securities
2,423,236
2,501,382
2,030,060
2,043,759
2,036,474
2,023,753
Obligations of state and political subdivisions
451,028
475,660
497,852
512,208
453,640
459,154
Government agency mortgage-backed securities
506,540
522,638
428,491
432,862
390,234
382,477
Corporate debt securities
4,499
4,635
2,527
2,528
2,588
2,546
Government agency collateralized mortgage obligations
42,476
43,577
52,621
53,071
69,342
68,119
Total available-for-sale portfolio
3,427,779
3,547,892
3,011,551
3,044,428
2,952,278
2,936,049
Equity and other Securities:
Equity securities, at fair value
251
451
432
Federal Home Loan Bank common stock
7,468
7,246
8,768
Federal Reserve Bank common stock
33,916
30,922
30,690
Other equity securities, at adjusted cost
4,876
5,626
4,546
5,296
4,969
5,719
Total equity and other securities
46,511
47,455
42,965
43,915
44,678
45,609
Total investments
3,474,290
3,054,516
2,996,956
The following table sets forth as of December 31, 2020, the maturities of investment debt securities and the weighted-average yields of such securities, which have been calculated on the cost basis, weighted for scheduled maturity of each security:
Table 19: Maturities of Investment Debt Securities
After One Year
After Five Years
But Within
(000's omitted, except rates)
Ten Years
182,402
632,134
339,554
1,269,146
31,499
100,805
118,124
200,600
Government agency mortgage-backed securities (2)
646
13,754
29,210
462,930
1,499
Government agency collateralized mortgage obligations (2)
1,523
7,093
33,860
Available-for-sale portfolio
216,046
748,216
496,981
1,966,536
Weighted-average yield (1)
2.04
1.82
1.88
2.00
65
Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices
The Company’s financial statements have been prepared in terms of historical dollars, without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. Unlike most industrial companies, virtually all of the assets and liabilities of a financial institution are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates have a more significant impact on a financial institution's performance than the effect of general levels of inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or in the same magnitude as the prices of goods and services. Notwithstanding this, inflation can directly affect the value of loan collateral, real estate in particular.
New Accounting Pronouncements
See “New Accounting Pronouncements” Section of Note A of the notes to the consolidated financial statements on page 91 for recently issued accounting pronouncements applicable to the Company that have not yet been adopted.
66
Forward-Looking Statements
This report contains comments or information that constitute forward-looking statements (within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995), which involve significant risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements often use words such as “anticipate,” “could,” “target,” “expect,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “goal,” “forecast,” “believe,” or other words of similar meaning. These statements are based on the current beliefs and expectations of the Company’s management and are subject to significant risks and uncertainties. Actual results may differ materially from the results discussed in the forward-looking statements. Moreover, the Company’s plans, objectives and intentions are subject to change based on various factors (some of which are beyond the Company’s control). Factors that could cause actual results to differ from those discussed in the forward-looking statements include: (1) the macroeconomic and other challenges and uncertainties related to the COVID-19 pandemic and related vaccine rollout and efficacy, including the negative impacts and disruptions on public health, the Company’s corporate and consumer customers, the communities the Company serves, and the domestic and global economy, which may have an adverse effect on the Company’s business; (2) current and future economic and market conditions, including the effects of declines in housing prices, high unemployment rates, U.S. fiscal debt, budget and tax matters, geopolitical matters, and any slowdown in global economic growth; (3) changes to the U.S. Small Business Administration (“SBA”) Paycheck Protection Program (the “PPP”), including to the rules under which the PPP is administered, with respect to the origination, servicing, or forgiveness of PPP loans, whether now existing or originated in the future, or the terms and conditions of any guaranteed payments due to the Company from the SBA with respect to PPP loans; (4) the effect of, and changes in, monetary and fiscal policies and laws, including interest rate and other policy actions of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System; (5) the effect of changes in the level of checking or savings account deposits on the Company’s funding costs and net interest margin; (6) future provisions for credit losses on loans and debt securities; (7) changes in nonperforming assets; (8) the effect of a fall in stock market prices on the Company’s fee income businesses, including its employee benefit services, wealth management, and insurance businesses; (9) risks related to credit quality; (10) inflation, interest rate, liquidity, market and monetary fluctuations; (11) the strength of the U.S. economy in general and the strength of the local economies where the Company conducts its business; (12) the timely development of new products and services and customer perception of the overall value thereof (including features, pricing and quality) compared to competing products and services; (13) changes in consumer spending, borrowing and savings habits; (14) technological changes and implementation and financial risks associated with transitioning to new technology-based systems involving large multi-year contracts; (15) the ability of the Company to maintain the security of its financial, accounting, technology, data processing and other operating systems and facilities including the recent SolarWinds cyberattack; (16) effectiveness of the Company’s risk management processes and procedures, reliance on models which may be inaccurate or misinterpreted, the Company’s ability to manage its credit or interest rate risk, the sufficiency of its allowance for credit losses and the accuracy of the assumptions or estimates used in preparing the Company’s financial statements and disclosures; (17) failure of third parties to provide various services that are important to the Company’s operations; (18) any acquisitions or mergers that might be considered or consummated by the Company and the costs and factors associated therewith, including differences in the actual financial results of the acquisition or merger compared to expectations and the realization of anticipated cost savings and revenue enhancements; (19) the ability to maintain and increase market share and control expenses; (20) the nature, timing and effect of changes in banking regulations or other regulatory or legislative requirements affecting the respective businesses of the Company and its subsidiaries, including changes in laws and regulations concerning taxes, accounting, banking, risk management, securities and other aspects of the financial services industry, specifically the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 or those emanating from COVID-19; (21) changes in the Company’s organization, compensation and benefit plans and in the availability of, and compensation levels for, employees in its geographic markets; (22) the outcome of pending or future litigation and government proceedings; (23) other risk factors outlined in the Company’s filings with the SEC from time to time; and (24) the success of the Company at managing the risks of the foregoing.
The foregoing list of important factors is not all-inclusive. For more information about factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the Company’s expectations, refer to “Item 1A Risk Factors” above. Any forward-looking statements speak only as of the date on which they are made and the Company does not undertake any obligation to update any forward-looking statement, whether written or oral, to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which such statement is made. If the Company does update or correct one or more forward-looking statements, investors and others should not conclude that the Company will make additional updates or corrections with respect thereto or with respect to other forward-looking statements.
Reconciliation of GAAP to Non-GAAP Measures
Table 20: GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliations
Income statement data
Pre-tax, pre-provision net revenue
Net income (GAAP)
Pre-tax, pre-provision net revenue (non-GAAP)
220,288
217,768
223,825
170,949
162,673
Gain on sale of investments, net
(4,882)
(2)
Unrealized loss (gain) on equity securities
(19)
(657)
(Gain)/loss on debt extinguishment
(421)
318
Adjusted pre-tax, pre-provision net revenue (non-GAAP)
227,756
221,475
222,717
196,933
164,379
Pre-tax, pre-provision net revenue per share
Diluted earnings per share (GAAP)
0.77
0.85
1.14
3.85
4.00
4.09
3.22
0.21
Pre-tax, pre-provision net revenue per share (non-GAAP)
4.12
4.30
3.45
3.64
(0.01)
(0.09)
0.01
Adjusted pre-tax, pre-provision net revenue per share (non-GAAP)
4.26
4.23
4.29
3.97
3.68
Tax effect of acquisition expenses
(991)
(1,656)
160
(7,677)
(560)
Tax Cuts and Jobs Act deferred impact
(38,010)
Subtotal (non-GAAP)
168,618
176,015
168,032
131,016
104,958
Acquisition-related provision for credit losses
3,061
Tax effect of acquisition-related provision for credit losses
(615)
171,064
Tax effect of gain on sales of investment securities, net
939
172,072
131,015
Unrealized loss/(gain) on equity securities
Tax effect of unrealized loss/(gain) on equity securities
(1)
171,069
172,057
167,512
Tax effect of litigation accrual
(593)
173,426
Tax effect of (gain)/loss on debt extinguishment
85
(66)
Operating net income (non-GAAP)
173,090
167,764
Amortization of intangibles
16,941
5,479
Tax effect of amortization of intangibles
(2,872)
(3,070)
(3,780)
(5,005)
(1,800)
184,515
184,943
182,139
142,951
108,637
Acquired non-impaired loan accretion
(5,491)
(6,167)
(7,921)
(5,888)
(2,868)
Tax effect of acquired non-impaired loan accretion
1,103
1,186
1,649
1,739
942
Adjusted net income (non-GAAP)
180,127
179,962
175,867
138,802
106,711
Average total assets
10,089,215
8,660,067
Adjusted return on average assets (non-GAAP)
1.40
1.63
1.38
1.23
Average total equity
1,475,761
1,211,520
Adjusted return on average equity (non-GAAP)
8.89
10.03
10.64
9.41
8.81
69
Income statement data (continued)
Earnings per common share
(0.02)
(0.03)
(0.15)
(0.76)
3.36
2.64
2.35
3.20
3.25
Operating earnings per share (non-GAAP)
0.26
0.34
(0.05)
(0.06)
(0.07)
(0.10)
(0.04)
3.54
3.51
2.88
2.43
(0.12)
Diluted adjusted net earnings per share (non-GAAP)
3.37
3.44
3.39
2.80
2.39
Noninterest operating expenses
Noninterest expenses (GAAP)
347,149
266,848
(14,297)
(15,956)
(18,155)
(16,941)
(5,479)
(4,933)
(8,608)
769
(25,986)
(1,706)
(2,950)
Total adjusted noninterest expenses (non-GAAP)
354,354
347,462
327,903
304,222
259,663
Efficiency ratio
Operating expenses (non-GAAP) - numerator
Fully tax-equivalent net interest income
325,090
283,857
Noninterest revenues
202,423
Insurance-related recovery
(950)
Operating revenues (non-GAAP) - denominator
594,855
582,735
565,199
521,623
435,664
Efficiency ratio (non-GAAP)
70
Balance sheet data
Total assets (GAAP)
(846,648)
(836,923)
(807,349)
(825,088)
(480,844)
Deferred taxes on intangible assets
44,370
44,742
46,370
48,419
43,504
Total tangible assets (non-GAAP)
13,128,816
10,618,114
9,846,316
9,969,529
8,229,097
Total common equity
Shareholders' equity (GAAP)
Total tangible common equity (non-GAAP)
1,301,829
1,063,053
952,804
858,646
760,760
Net tangible equity-to-assets ratio
Total tangible common equity (non-GAAP) - numerator
Total tangible assets (non-GAAP) - denominator
Net tangible equity-to-assets ratio (non-GAAP)
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
Market risk is the risk of loss in a financial instrument arising from adverse changes in market rates, prices or credit risk. Credit risk associated with the Company’s loan portfolio has been previously discussed in the asset quality section of the MD&A. Management believes that the tax risk of the Company’s municipal investments associated with potential future changes in statutory, judicial and regulatory actions is minimal. Treasury, agency, mortgage-backed and CMO securities issued by government agencies comprise 85% of the total portfolio and are currently rated AAA by Moody’s Investor Services and AA+ by Standard & Poor’s. Municipal and corporate bonds account for 14% of the total portfolio, of which, 98% carry a minimum rating of A-. The remaining 1% of the portfolio is comprised of other investment grade securities. The Company does not have material foreign currency exchange rate risk exposure. Therefore, almost all the market risk in the investment portfolio is related to interest rates.
The ongoing monitoring and management of both interest rate risk and liquidity, in the short and long term time horizons is an important component of the Company's asset/liability management process, which is governed by limits established in the policies reviewed and approved annually by the Company’s Board. The Board delegates responsibility for carrying out the policies to the ALCO, which meets each month. The committee is made up of the Company's senior management as well as regional and line-of-business managers who oversee specific earning asset classes and various funding sources. As the Company does not believe it is possible to reliably predict future interest rate movements, it has maintained an appropriate process and set of measurement tools, which enables it to identify and quantify sources of interest rate risk in varying rate environments. The primary tool used by the Company in managing interest rate risk is income simulation.
While a wide variety of strategic balance sheet and treasury yield curve scenarios are tested on an ongoing basis, the following reflects the Company's estimated net interest income sensitivity over the subsequent twelve months based on:
Net Interest Income Sensitivity Model
Calculated annualized increase (decrease)
in projected net interest
income at December 31, 2020
Interest rate scenario
+200 basis points
6,891
+100 basis points
3,300
0 basis points
(2,702)
Projected net interest income (NII) over the 12-month forecast period increases in the rising rate environments largely due to higher rates earned on significant levels of cash equivalents and assumed higher rates on new loans, including variable and adjustable rate loans. These increases are partially offset by anticipated increases in deposit and borrowing costs. Over the longer time period, the growth in NII continues to improve in both rising rate environments as lower yielding assets mature and are replaced at higher rates.
In the zero basis points scenario, in which all Treasury security yields decrease to zero percent, the Company shows interest rate risk exposure to lower short term rates. During the first twelve months, net interest income declines largely due to lower assumed rates on reinvestment opportunities and new loans, including adjustable and variable rate assets. Modestly lower funding costs associated with deposits and borrowings only partially offset the decrease in interest income.
The analysis does not represent a Company forecast and should not be relied upon as being indicative of expected operating results. These hypothetical estimates are based upon numerous assumptions: the nature and timing of interest rate levels (including yield curve shape), prepayments on loans and securities, deposit decay rates, pricing decisions on loans and deposits, reinvestment/replacement of asset and liability cash flows, and other factors. While the assumptions are developed based upon reasonable economic and local market conditions, the Company cannot make any assurances as to the predictive efficacy of these assumptions, including how customer preferences or competitor influences might change. Furthermore, the sensitivity analysis does not reflect actions that the ALCO might take in responding to or anticipating changes in interest rates.
72
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
The following consolidated financial statements and independent registered public accounting firm’s report of Community Bank System, Inc. are contained on pages 74 through 138 of this item.
·
Consolidated Statements of Condition,
December 31, 2020 and 2019
Consolidated Statements of Income,
Years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income,
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity,
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows,
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements,
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Selected Quarterly Data (Unaudited) for 2020 and 2019 are contained on page 139.
COMMUNITY BANK SYSTEM, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONDITION
(In Thousands, Except Share Data)
December 31,
Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
1,645,805
205,030
Available-for-sale investment securities (cost of $3,427,779 and $3,011,551 respectively)
Equity and other securities (cost of $46,511 and $42,965, respectively)
Loans held for sale, at fair value
1,622
Net loans
Goodwill, net
793,708
773,810
Core deposit intangibles, net
Other intangibles, net
39,109
46,695
Intangible assets, net
Premises and equipment, net
165,655
164,638
Accrued interest and fees receivable
39,031
31,647
Other assets
281,903
243,082
Liabilities:
Noninterest-bearing deposits
3,361,768
2,465,902
Interest-bearing deposits
7,863,206
6,529,065
Overnight Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings
Securities sold under agreement to repurchase, short-term
Accrued interest and other liabilities
230,724
215,221
Total liabilities
11,826,987
9,555,061
Commitments and contingencies (See Note N)
Shareholders’ equity:
Preferred stock, $1.00 par value, 500,000 shares authorized, 0 shares issued
Common stock, $1.00 par value, 75,000,000 shares authorized; 53,754,599 and 51,974,726 shares issued, respectively
53,755
Additional paid-in capital
1,025,163
927,337
Retained earnings
960,183
882,851
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
62,077
(10,226)
Treasury stock, at cost (161,472 shares including 161,457 shares held by deferred compensation arrangements at December 31, 2020, and 180,803 shares including 179,548 shares held by deferred compensation arrangements at December 31, 2019)
(6,198)
(6,823)
Deferred compensation arrangements (161,457 shares at December 31, 2020 and 179,548 shares at December 31, 2019)
9,127
10,120
Total shareholders’ equity
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(In Thousands, Except Per-Share Data)
Interest income:
Interest and fees on loans
Interest and dividends on taxable investments
62,538
65,904
63,504
Interest and dividends on nontaxable investments
11,961
11,613
13,064
Total interest income
389,278
385,727
362,733
Interest expense:
Interest on deposits
16,761
20,460
10,658
1,569
1,848
2,343
Interest on subordinated notes payable
Interest on subordinated debt held by unconsolidated subsidiary trusts
Total interest expense
Net interest income after provision for credit losses
354,191
350,745
334,218
Noninterest revenues:
Deposit service fees
57,370
65,602
70,384
Other banking services
3,753
4,358
3,568
Unrealized (loss) gain on equity securities
Gain (loss) on debt extinguishment
Noninterest expenses:
Other expenses
Basic earnings per share
3.10
3.26
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(In Thousands)
Pension and other post retirement obligations:
Amortization of actuarial gains (losses) included in net periodic pension cost, gross
8,379
(2,563)
(12,647)
Tax effect
(2,012)
605
3,087
Amortization of actuarial gains (losses) included in net periodic pension cost, net
6,367
(1,958)
(9,560)
Amortization of prior service cost included in net periodic pension cost, gross
(471)
(115)
(1,398)
340
Amortization of prior service cost included in net periodic pension cost, net
(358)
(87)
(1,058)
Initial projected benefit obligation recognized upon plan adoption, gross
(775)
189
Initial projected benefit obligation recognized upon plan adoption, net
(586)
Other comprehensive income/(loss) related to pension and other post-retirement obligations, net of taxes
6,009
(2,045)
(11,204)
Unrealized gains/(losses) on available-for-sale securities:
Net unrealized holding gains (losses) arising during period, gross
87,237
53,988
(39,894)
(20,943)
(13,176)
9,700
Net unrealized holding gains (losses) arising during period, net
66,294
40,812
(30,194)
Reclassification of other comprehensive income due to change in accounting principle – equity securities
(208)
Reclassification adjustment for net (gains) included in net income, gross
1,194
Reclassification adjustment for net (gains) included in net income, net
(3,688)
Other comprehensive gain (loss) related to unrealized gains/(losses) on available-for-sale securities, net of taxes
37,124
(30,402)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
72,303
35,079
(41,606)
Comprehensive income
236,979
204,142
127,035
As of December 31,
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss) By Component:
Unrealized (loss) for pension and other postretirement obligations
(38,267)
(46,175)
(43,497)
9,394
11,293
10,660
Net unrealized (loss) for pension and other postretirement obligations
(28,873)
(34,882)
(32,837)
Unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale securities
120,114
32,877
(16,229)
(29,164)
(8,221)
3,761
Net unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale securities
90,950
24,656
(12,468)
(45,305)
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020
Accumulated
Common Stock
Deferred
Amount
Additional
Retained
Comprehensive
Treasury
Compensation
Issued
Paid-in Capital
Earnings
Income/(Loss)
Stock
Arrangements
Balance at December 31, 2017
50,696,077
51,264
894,879
700,557
(3,699)
(21,014)
13,328
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax
(41,398)
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle – equity securities
208
Dividends declared:
Common, $1.44 per share
(73,843)
Common stock issued under employee stock plans
312,998
313
6,130
6,443
Stock-based compensation
6,064
Distribution of stock under deferred compensation arrangements
35,233
1,898
(1,898)
Treasury stock purchased
(5,142)
(298)
298
Treasury stock issued to benefit plan
218,658
7,886
12,561
Balance at December 31, 2018
51,257,824
51,577
911,748
795,563
(11,528)
11,728
Other comprehensive income, net of tax
Common, $1.58 per share
(81,775)
397,887
398
6,517
6,915
5,285
32,431
1,064
830
(1,894)
(4,576)
(286)
110,357
2,723
4,161
6,884
Balance at December 31, 2019
51,793,923
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle –ASC 326
1,140
Common, $1.66 per share
(88,484)
416,614
417
15,375
15,792
6,419
Stock issued for acquisition
1,363,259
1,363
75,579
76,942
22,497
(1,264)
(4,406)
(271)
271
1,240
Balance at December 31, 2020
53,593,127
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In Thousands of Dollars)
Operating activities:
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation
15,963
15,891
15,749
Net accretion on securities, loans and borrowings
(11,353)
(6,176)
(9,404)
(Benefit)/provision for deferred income taxes
(2,336)
(2,302)
2,663
Amortization of mortgage servicing rights
379
378
449
Income from bank-owned life insurance policies
(1,915)
(1,678)
(1,579)
Net (gain)/loss on sale of loans and other assets
(3,505)
(80)
Change in other assets and liabilities
(16,939)
2,545
10,252
Net cash provided by operating activities
179,483
202,502
221,408
Investing activities:
Proceeds from sales of available-for-sale investment securities
590,179
Proceeds from maturities, calls and paydowns of available-for-sale investment securities
885,549
209,857
140,784
Proceeds from maturities and redemptions of equity and other securities
516
3,995
5,867
Purchases of available-for-sale investment securities
(1,114,914)
(810,122)
(78,131)
Purchases of equity and other securities
(3,234)
(202)
(31)
Net (increase) decrease in loans
(185,131)
(140,382)
(35,414)
Cash received /(paid) for acquisition, net of cash acquired of $55,973, $90,381, and $16, respectively
34,360
(4,653)
(1,737)
Settlement of bank owned life insurance policies
Purchases of premises and equipment, net
(14,395)
(5,686)
(12,646)
Real estate limited partnership investments
(1,471)
(1,637)
(1,197)
Net cash (used in)/provided by investing activities
(398,720)
(157,054)
17,495
Financing activities:
Net increase (decrease) in deposits
1,713,733
104,435
(122,049)
Net increase/(decrease) in borrowings, net of payments of $3,092, $646, and $95, respectively
30,908
(64,405)
(47,339)
Payments on subordinated debt held by unconsolidated subsidiary trusts
(2,062)
(22,681)
(25,207)
Payments on subordinated notes payable
(10,000)
Issuance of common stock
Purchase of treasury stock
Sale of treasury stock
Increase in deferred compensation agreements
Cash dividends paid
(87,131)
(80,241)
(71,495)
Withholding taxes paid on share-based compensation
(1,313)
(3,159)
(1,021)
Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities
1,660,012
(52,252)
(248,107)
Change in cash and cash equivalents
1,440,775
(6,804)
(9,204)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
211,834
221,038
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
Cash paid for interest
21,169
25,425
17,926
Cash paid for income taxes
39,578
46,457
30,266
Supplemental disclosures of noncash financing and investing activities:
Dividends declared and unpaid
22,695
21,342
19,808
Transfers from loans to other real estate
1,291
2,522
3,299
Acquisitions:
Common stock issued
Fair value of assets acquired, excluding acquired cash and intangibles
547,654
548,856
Fair value of liabilities assumed
529,431
589,733
NOTE A: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Nature of Operations
Community Bank System, Inc. (the “Company”) is a registered financial holding company which wholly-owns two significant consolidated subsidiaries: Community Bank, N.A. (the “Bank” or “CBNA”), and Benefit Plans Administrative Services, Inc. (“BPAS”). As of December 31, 2020 BPAS owns five subsidiaries: Benefit Plans Administrative Services, LLC (“BPA”), a provider of defined benefit contribution plan administration services; Northeast Retirement Services, LLC (“NRS”), a provider of institutional transfer agency, master recordkeeping services, fund administration, trust and retirement plan services; BPAS Actuarial & Pension Services, LLC (“BPAS-APS”), a provider of actuarial and benefit consulting services; BPAS Trust Company of Puerto Rico, a Puerto Rican trust company; and Hand Benefits & Trust Company (“HB&T”), a provider of collective investment fund administration and institutional trust services. NRS owns one subsidiary, Global Trust Company, Inc. (“GTC”), a non-depository trust company which provides fiduciary services for collective investment trusts and other products. HB&T owns one subsidiary, Hand Securities Inc. (“HSI”), an introducing broker-dealer. The Company also wholly-owns one unconsolidated subsidiary business trust formed for the purpose of issuing mandatorily-redeemable preferred securities which are considered Tier I capital under regulatory capital adequacy guidelines (see Note P).
As of December 31, 2020, the Bank operated 232 full service branches operating as Community Bank, N.A. throughout 42 counties of Upstate New York, six counties of Northeastern Pennsylvania, 12 counties of Vermont and one county of Western Massachusetts, offering a range of commercial and retail banking services. The Bank owns the following operating subsidiaries: The Carta Group, Inc. (“Carta Group”), CBNA Preferred Funding Corporation (“PFC”), CBNA Treasury Management Corporation (“TMC”), Community Investment Services, Inc. (“CISI”), Nottingham Advisors, Inc. (“Nottingham”), OneGroup NY, Inc. (“OneGroup”), OneGroup Wealth Partners, Inc. ("Wealth Partners") and Oneida Preferred Funding II LLC (“OPFC II”). OneGroup is a full-service insurance agency offering personal and commercial lines of insurance and other risk management products and services. PFC and OPFC II primarily act as investors in residential and commercial real estate activities. TMC provides cash management, investment, and treasury services to the Bank. CISI, Carta Group and Wealth Partners provide broker-dealer and investment advisory services. Nottingham provides asset management services to individuals, corporations, corporate pension and profit sharing plans, and foundations.
Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Variable Interest Entities (“VIE”) are legal entities in which equity investors do not have the characteristics of a controlling financial interest or do not have sufficient equity at risk for the legal entities to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support. VIEs may be required to be consolidated by a company if it is determined the company is the primary beneficiary of a VIE. The primary beneficiary of a VIE is the enterprise that has: (1) the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance, and (2) the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. The Company’s VIE’s are described in more detail in Note T to the consolidated financial statements.
Critical Accounting Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Critical accounting estimates include the allowance for credit losses, actuarial assumptions associated with the pension, post-retirement and other employee benefit plans, the provision for income taxes, investment valuation, the carrying value of goodwill and other intangible assets, and acquired loan valuations.
Risk and Uncertainties
In the normal course of its business, the Company encounters economic and regulatory risks. There are three main components of economic risk: interest rate risk, credit risk and market risk. The Company is subject to interest rate risk to the degree that its interest-bearing liabilities mature or reprice at different speeds, or on different basis, from its interest-earning assets. The Company’s primary credit risk is the risk of default on the Company’s loan portfolio that results from the borrowers’ inability or unwillingness to make contractually required payments. Market risk reflects potential changes in the value of collateral underlying loans, the fair value of investment securities, and loans held for sale.
The Company is subject to regulations of various governmental agencies. These regulations can change significantly from period to period. The Company also undergoes periodic examinations by the regulatory agencies which may subject it to further changes with respect to asset valuations, amounts of required credit loss allowances, and operating restrictions resulting from the regulators’ judgments based on information available to them at the time of their examinations.
The extent to which the novel coronavirus ("COVID-19") impacts the Company's business and financial results will depend on numerous evolving factors including, but not limited to: the magnitude and duration of COVID-19, the extent to which it will impact national and international macroeconomic conditions including interest rates, unemployment rates, the speed of the anticipated recovery, and governmental and business reactions to the pandemic. The Company assessed certain accounting matters that generally require consideration of forecasted financial information in context with the information reasonably available to the Company and the unknown future impacts of COVID-19 as of December 31, 2020 and through the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The accounting matters assessed included, but were not limited to, the Company's allowance for credit losses, decrease in fee and interest income, and the carrying value of the goodwill and other long-lived assets.
Revenue Recognition
On January 1, 2018, the Company adopted ASU No. 2014-09 Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) and all subsequent ASUs that modified Topic 606. The implementation of the new standard did not have a material impact on the measurement or recognition of revenue; as such, a cumulative effect adjustment to opening retained earnings was not deemed necessary. Results for reporting periods beginning after January 1, 2018 are presented under Topic 606, while prior period amounts were not adjusted and continue to be reported in accordance with our historic accounting under Topic 605.
Topic 606 does not apply to revenue associated with financial instruments, including revenue from loans and securities. In addition, certain noninterest income streams such as fees associated with mortgage servicing rights, financial guarantees, derivatives, and certain credit card fees are also not in scope of the newly adopted guidance. Topic 606 is applicable to the Company’s noninterest revenue streams including its deposit related fees, electronic payment interchange fees, merchant income, trust, asset management and other wealth management revenues, insurance commissions and benefit plan services income. However, the recognition of these revenue streams did not change significantly upon adoption of Topic 606. Noninterest revenue streams in-scope of Topic 606 are discussed below.
Deposit Service Fees
Deposit service fees consist of account activity fees, monthly service fees, check orders, debit and credit card income, ATM fees, Merchant services income and other revenues from processing wire transfers, bill pay service, cashier’s checks and foreign exchange. Debit and credit card income is primarily comprised of interchange fees earned at the time the Company’s debit and credit cards are processed through card payment networks such as Visa. ATM fees are primarily generated when a Company cardholder uses a non-Company ATM or a non-Company cardholder uses a Company ATM. Merchant services income mainly represents fees charged to merchants to process their debit and credit card transactions, in addition to account management fees. The Company’s performance obligation for deposit service fees is generally satisfied, and the related revenue recognized, when the services are rendered or the transaction has been completed. Payment for deposit service fees is typically received at the time it is assessed through a direct charge to customers’ accounts or on a monthly basis. Deposit service fees revenue primarily relates to the Company’s Banking operating segment.
80
Other Banking Services
Other banking services consists of other recurring revenue streams such as commissions from sales of credit life insurance, safe deposit box rental fees, mortgage banking income, bank owned life insurance income and other miscellaneous revenue streams. Commissions from the sale of credit life insurance are recognized at the time of sale of the policies. Safe deposit box rental fees are charged to the customer on an annual basis and recognized upon receipt of payment. The Company determined that since rentals and renewals occur fairly consistently over time, revenue is recognized on a basis consistent with the duration of the performance obligation. Mortgage banking income and bank owned life insurance income are not within the scope of Topic 606. Other banking services revenue primarily relates to the Company’s Banking operating segment.
Employee benefit services income consists of revenue received from retirement plan services, collective investment fund services, fund administration, transfer agency, consulting and actuarial services. The Company’s performance obligation that relates to plan services are satisfied over time and the resulting fees are recognized monthly or quarterly, based upon the market value of the assets under management and the applicable fee rate or on a time expended basis. Payment is generally received a few days after month end or quarter end. The Company does not earn performance-based incentives. Transactional services such as consulting services, mailings, or other ad hoc services are provided to existing trust and asset management customers. The Company’s performance obligation for these transactional-based services is generally satisfied, and related revenue recognized, at a point in time (i.e., as incurred). Payment is received shortly after services are rendered. Employee benefit services revenue primarily relates to the Company’s Employee Benefit Services operating segment.
Insurance Services
Insurance services primarily consists of commissions received on insurance product sales and consulting services. The Company acts in the capacity of a broker or agent between the Company’s customer and the insurance carrier. The Company’s performance obligation related to insurance sales for both property and casualty insurance and employee benefit plans is generally satisfied upon the later of the issuance or effective date of the policy. The Company’s performance obligation related to consulting services is considered transactional in nature and is generally satisfied when the services have been completed and related revenue recognized at a point in time. Payment is received at the time services are rendered. The Company earns performance based incentives, commonly known as contingency payments, which usually are based on certain criteria established by the insurance carrier such as premium volume, growth and insured loss ratios. Contingent payments are accrued for based upon management’s expectations for the year. Commission expense associated with sales of insurance products is expensed as incurred. Insurance services revenue primarily relates to the Company’s All Other operating segment.
Wealth Management Services
Wealth management services income is primarily comprised of fees earned from the management and administration of trusts and other customer assets. The Company generally has two types of performance obligations related to these services. The Company’s performance obligation that relates to advisory and administration services are satisfied over time and the resulting fees are recognized monthly, based upon the market value of the assets under management and the applicable fee rate. Payment is generally received soon after month end or quarter end through a direct charge to customers’ accounts. The Company does not earn performance-based incentives. Transactional services such as tax return preparation services, purchases and sales of investments and insurance products are also available to existing trust and asset management customers. The Company’s performance obligation for these transactional-based services is generally satisfied, and related revenue recognized, at a point in time (i.e. as incurred). Payment is generally received on a monthly basis. Wealth management services revenue primarily relates to the Company’s All Other operating segment.
81
Contract Balances
A contract asset balance occurs when an entity performs a service for a customer before the customer pays consideration (resulting in a contract receivable) or before payment is due (resulting in a contract asset). A contract liability balance is an entity’s obligation to transfer a service to a customer for which the entity has already received payment (or payment is due) from the customer. The Company’s noninterest revenue streams are largely based on transactional activity, or standard month-end revenue accruals such as asset management fees based on month-end market values. Consideration is often received immediately or shortly after the Company satisfies its performance obligation and revenue is recognized. The Company does not typically enter into long-term revenue contracts with customers, and therefore, does not experience significant contract balances. As of December 31, 2020, $30.3 million of accounts receivable, including $7.7 million of unbilled fee revenue, and $1.4 million of unearned revenue was recorded in the consolidated statements of condition. As of December 31, 2019, $26.8 million of accounts receivable, including $7.5 million of unbilled fee revenue, and $1.8 million of unearned revenue was recorded in the consolidated statements of condition.
Contract Acquisition Costs
In connection with the adoption of Topic 606, an entity is required to capitalize, and subsequently amortize into expense, certain incremental costs of obtaining a contract with a customer if these costs are expected to be recovered. The incremental costs of obtaining a contract are those costs that an entity incurs to obtain a contract with a customer that it would not have incurred if the contract had not been obtained (for example, sales commission). The Company utilizes the practical expedient method which allows entities to immediately expense contract acquisition costs when the asset that would have resulted from capitalizing these costs would have been amortized in one year or less. Upon adoption of Topic 606, the Company did not capitalize any contract acquisition costs.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, amounts due from banks, and highly liquid investments with original maturities of less than 90 days. The carrying amounts reported in the consolidated statements of condition for cash and cash equivalents approximate those assets’ fair values. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, cash and cash equivalents reported in the consolidated statements of condition included cash due from banks of $7.7 million and $10.4 million, respectively. Cash due from banks may at times exceed federally insured limits.
Investment Securities
The Company can classify its investments in debt securities as held-to-maturity, available-for-sale, or trading. Held-to-maturity securities are those for which the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold until maturity, and are reported at cost, which is adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts. The Company did not use the held-to-maturity classification in 2019 or 2020. Available-for-sale debt securities are reported at fair value with net unrealized gains and losses reflected as a separate component of shareholders’ equity, net of applicable income taxes. None of the Company’s investment securities have been classified as trading securities at December 31, 2020 or December 31, 2019.
Interest income includes amortization of purchase premiums or discounts. Premiums and discounts on securities are amortized on the level-yield method without anticipating prepayments, except for mortgage-backed securities where prepayments are anticipated. Gains and losses are recorded on the trade date and determined using the specific identification method. Equity securities with a readily determinable fair value are reported at fair value with net unrealized gains and losses recognized in the consolidated statements of income. Certain equity securities that do not have a readily determinable fair value are stated at cost, adjusted for observable price changes in orderly transactions for identical or similar investments of the same issuer. These securities include restricted stock of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (“Federal Reserve”) and the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York and the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston (collectively referred to as “FHLB”), as well as other equity securities.
Fair values for investment securities are based upon quoted market prices, where available. If quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based upon quoted market prices of comparable instruments, or a discounted cash flow model using market estimates of interest rates and volatility.
Allowance for Credit Losses – Debt Securities
For held-to-maturity debt securities, the Company measures expected credit losses on a collective basis by major security type. The estimates of expected credit losses considers historical credit loss information that is adjusted for current conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts. Accrued interest receivable on held-to-maturity securities is excluded from the estimates of credit losses.
82
For available-for-sale debt securities in an unrealized loss position, the Company first assesses whether it intends to sell, or it more likely than not that it will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis. If either of the criteria regarding intent or requirement to sell is met, the security’s amortized cost basis is written down to fair value through income. For available-for-sale debt securities that do not meet the aforementioned criteria, the Company evaluates whether the decline in fair value has resulted from credit losses or other factors. In making this assessment, management considers the security structure, recent security collateral performance metrics, if applicable, external credit ratings, failure of the issuer to make scheduled interest or principal payments, judgment about and expectations of future performance, and relevant independent industry research, analysis, and forecasts. The severity of the impairment and the length of time the security has been impaired is also considered in the assessment. This assessment involves a high degree of subjectivity and judgment that is based on the information available to management at a point in time. If this assessment indicates that a credit loss exists, the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected from the security are compared to the amortized cost basis of the security. If the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected from the security is less than the amortized cost basis of the security, a credit loss exists and an allowance for credit losses is recorded, limited by the amount that the fair value is less than the amortized cost basis. Any impairment that has not been recorded through an allowance for credit losses is recognized in other comprehensive income.
Changes in the allowance for credit losses are recorded as provision for (or reversal of) credit losses in the consolidated statements of income. Losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of an available-for-sale security is confirmed or when either of the criteria regarding intent or requirement to sell is met.
Accrued interest receivable on available-for-sale debt securities, included in accrued interest and fees receivable on the consolidated statements of condition, totaled $13.3 million at December 31, 2020 and is excluded from the estimate of credit losses.
Prior to the adoption of ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326) on January 1, 2020, all debt securities in an unrealized loss position were assessed for other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) and an OTTI loss was recognized in income for any debt security in an unrealized loss position if there was intent to sell the security or was more likely than not the Company was required to sell the security prior to recovery of its amortized cost basis.
Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are reported at amortized cost, net of allowance for credit losses. Amortized cost is the principal balance outstanding, net of purchase premiums and discounts, and deferred loan fees and costs.
Mortgage loans held for sale are carried at fair value and are included in loans held for sale on the consolidated statements of condition. Fair values for variable rate loans that reprice frequently are based on carrying values. Fair values for fixed rate loans are estimated using discounted cash flows and interest rates currently being offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers of similar credit quality. The carrying amount of accrued interest approximates its fair value.
Interest on loans is accrued and credited to operations based upon the principal amount outstanding. Nonrefundable loan fees and related direct costs are deferred and included in the loan balances where they are amortized over the life of the loan as an adjustment to loan yield using the effective yield method. Premiums and discounts on purchased loans are amortized using the effective yield method over the life of the loans.
Accrued interest receivable on loans, included in accrued interest and fees receivable on the consolidated statements of condition, totaled $22.2 million at December 31, 2020 and is excluded from the estimate of credit losses and amortized cost basis of loans. An allowance for credit losses is not measured for accrued interest receivable on loans as the Company writes off the uncollectible accrued interest balance in a timely manner upon recognition of credit deterioration of the underlying loan.
83
The Company places a loan on nonaccrual status when the loan becomes 90 days past due (or sooner, if management concludes collection is doubtful), except when, in the opinion of management, it is well-collateralized and in the process of collection. A loan may be placed on nonaccrual status earlier than 90 days past due if there is deterioration in the financial position of the borrower or if other conditions of the loan so warrant. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, uncollected accrued interest is reversed against interest income and the amortization of nonrefundable loan fees and related direct costs is discontinued. Interest income during the period the loan is on nonaccrual status is recorded on a cash basis after recovery of principal is reasonably assured. Nonaccrual loans are returned to accrual status when management determines that the borrower’s performance has improved and that both principal and interest are collectible. This generally requires a sustained period of timely principal and interest payments and a well-documented credit evaluation of the borrower’s financial condition.
The Company’s charge-off policy by loan type is as follows:
Allowance for Credit Losses – Loans
The allowance for credit losses is a valuation account that is netted against the loans’ amortized cost basis to present the net amount expected to be collected on the loans. Loans are charged off against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of a loan balance is confirmed.
Management estimates the allowance balance using relevant available information, from internal and external sources, relating to past events, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. Historical credit loss experience provides the basis for the estimation of expected credit losses. Adjustments are made for differences in current loan-specific risk characteristics such as differences in underwriting standards, portfolio mix, acquired loans, delinquency level, risk ratings or term of loans as well as changes in macroeconomic conditions, such as changes in unemployment rates, property values such as home prices, commercial real estate prices and automobile prices, gross domestic product, recession probability, and other relevant factors.
The segments of the Company's loan portfolio are disaggregated into the following classes that allow management to monitor risk and performance:
84
The allowance for credit losses is measured on a collective (pool) basis when similar risk characteristics exist, including collateral type, credit ratings/scores, size, duration, interest rate structure, industry, geography, origination vintage, and payment structure. The Company has identified the following portfolio segments and classes and measures the allowance for credit losses using the following methods:
Loan Portfolio Segment
Loan Portfolio Class
Allowance for Credit Losses Methodology
Commercial real estate multi family
Cumulative loss rate
Commercial real estate non-owner occupied
Commercial real estate owner occupied
Commercial and industrial loans
Vintage loss rate
Commercial and industrial lines of credit
Line loss
Municipal
Other business
Paycheck Protection Program
Consumer mortgage FICO AB
Consumer mortgage FICO CDE
Indirect new auto
Indirect used auto
Indirect non-auto
Consumer check credit
Home equity fixed rate
Home equity lines of credit
The cumulative loss rate method uses historical loss data applied against multiple pools of loans and uses a quantitatively based management overlay in order to capture the risk for a loan's entire expected life. These loss rates are then applied to current balances to achieve a required reserve before qualitative adjustments.
The line loss method calculates the quantitative required reserve for lines of credit. This method contains several different underlying calculations including average annual loss rate, pay-down rate, cumulative loss, average draw percentage, and undrawn liability reserve.
The vintage loss rate method calculates annual loss rates by origination year. The results of this model are then applied to outstanding balances, which correspond to the origination period for each annual loss rate.
In addition to the risk characteristics noted above, management considers the portion of acquired loans to the overall segment balance, as well as current delinquency and charge-off trends compared to historical time periods.
Loans that do not share risk characteristics are evaluated on an individual basis. Loans evaluated individually are not also included in the collective evaluation. When management determines that foreclosure is probable or when the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty at the reporting date and repayment is expected to be provided substantially through the operation or sale of the collateral, expected credit losses are based on the fair value of the collateral at the reporting date, adjusted for selling costs as appropriate.
Expected credit losses are estimated over the contractual term of the loans and adjusted for expected prepayments when appropriate. The contractual term excludes expected extensions, renewals, and modifications unless management has a reasonable expectation at the reporting date that a troubled debt restructuring will be executed with an individual borrower or the extension or renewal options are included in the original or modified contract at the reporting date and are not unconditionally cancellable by the Company.
Certain business lending, consumer direct, and home equity loans do not have stated maturities. In determining the estimated life of these loans, management first estimates the future cash flows expected to be received and then applies those expected future cash flows to the balance. Expected credit losses for lines of credit with no stated maturity are determined by estimating the amount and timing of all principal payments expected to be received after the reporting period and allocating those principal payments between the balance outstanding as of the reporting period and the balance of future receivables expected to be originated through subsequent usage of the unconditionally cancellable loan commitment associated with the account until the expected payments have been fully allocated. An additional allowance for credit loss is recorded for the excess of the balance outstanding as of the reporting period over the expected principal payments allocated to that balance.
Prior to the adoption of ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326) on January 1, 2020, the allowance for credit losses reflected management’s best estimate of probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio.
Troubled Debt Restructuring
A loan for which the terms have been modified resulting in a concession, and for which the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties, is considered to be a troubled debt restructuring ("TDR"). The allowance for credit loss on a TDR is measured using the same method as all other loans, except when the value of a concession cannot be measured using a method other than the discounted cash flow method. When the value of a concession is measured using the discounted cash flow method, the allowance for credit loss is determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at the original interest rate of the loan. Refer to Note D: Loans for the Company's policy regarding COVID-19 related financial hardship payment deferrals.
Allowance for Credit Losses - Off-balance-sheet credit exposures
The Company estimates expected credit losses over the contractual period in which the Company is exposed to credit risk via a contractual obligation to extend credit, unless that obligation is unconditionally cancellable by the Company. There are unfunded commitments for lines of credit within each of the Company's loan portfolio segments except consumer indirect. The allowance for credit losses on off-balance-sheet credit exposures is adjusted as a provision for (or reversal of) credit losses. The estimate includes consideration of the likelihood that funding will occur and an estimate of expected credit losses on commitments expected to be funded over its estimated life. Management estimates the allowance balance using relevant available information, from internal and external sources, relating to past events, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. Historical credit loss experience provides the basis for the estimation of expected credit losses. Adjustments to historical loss information are made for differences in current loan-specific risk characteristics that are the same as the adjustments considered for the loan portfolio.
Purchased Credit Deteriorated (“PCD”) Loans
The Company has purchased loans, some of which have experienced a more-than-insignificant credit deterioration since origination. The Company's policy for reviewing what meets the threshold of the definition of a more-than-insignificant credit deterioration includes loans that are delinquent more than 30 days, loans that have historical delinquencies of more than 30 days at least three times since origination, risk rating downgrades since origination, loans with multiple payment deferrals, loans considered to be troubled debt restructurings, specifically impaired loans or loans with certain documented policy exceptions, further refined based on loan-specific facts and circumstances. PCD loans are initially recorded at the amount paid. An allowance for credit losses is determined using the same methodology as other loans. The initial allowance for credit losses determined on a collective basis is allocated to individual loans. The sum of the loan's purchase price and allowance for credit losses becomes its initial amortized cost basis. The difference between the initial amortized cost basis and the par value of the loan is a noncredit discount or premium, which is amortized into interest income over the life of the loan. Subsequent changes to the allowance for credit losses are recorded as provision for (or reversal of) credit losses.
Prior to the adoption of ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326) on January 1, 2020, acquired loans that had evidence of deterioration in credit quality since origination and for which it was probable, at acquisition, that the Company would be unable to collect all contractually required payments were accounted for as impaired loans under ASC 310-30. Acquired impaired loans were initially recorded at fair value with no initial allowance for credit losses recorded at acquisition.
86
Non-Purchased Credit Deteriorated (“non-PCD”) Loans
Acquired loans that are not deemed to not have experienced a more-than-insignificant credit deterioration since origination are considered non-PCD. At the acquisition date, a fair value adjustment is recorded that includes both credit and interest rate considerations. Fair value adjustments may be discounts (or premiums) to a loan’s cost basis and are accreted (or amortized) to net interest income (or expense) over the loan’s remaining life. Fair value adjustments for revolving loans are accreted (or amortized) using a straight line method. Term loans are accreted (or amortized) using the constant effective yield method. A provision for credit losses is also recorded at acquisition for the credit considerations on non-PCD loans. Subsequent to the purchase date, the methods utilized to estimate the required allowance for credit losses for these loans are the same as originated loans and subsequent changes to the allowance for credit losses are recorded as provision for (or reversal of) credit losses.
Prior to the adoption of ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326) on January 1, 2020, acquired loans that did not meet the requirements under ASC 310-30 were considered acquired non-impaired loans and were accounted for in accordance with ASC 310-20. Acquired non-impaired loans were initially recorded at fair value with no initial allowance for credit losses recorded at acquisition.
Intangible assets include core deposit intangibles, customer relationship intangibles and goodwill arising from acquisitions. Core deposit intangibles and customer relationship intangibles are amortized on either an accelerated or straight-line basis over periods ranging from seven to 20 years. The initial and ongoing carrying value of goodwill and other intangible assets is based upon discounted cash flow modeling techniques that require management to make estimates regarding the amount and timing of expected future cash flows. It also requires use of a discount rate that reflects the current return requirements of the market in relation to present risk-free interest rates, required equity market premiums, peer volatility indicators, and company-specific risk indicators.
The Company evaluates goodwill for impairment on an annual basis, or more often if events or circumstances indicate there may be impairment. The implied fair value of a reporting unit’s goodwill is compared to its carrying amount and the impairment loss is measured by the excess of the carrying value over fair value. The fair value of each reporting unit is compared to the carrying amount of that reporting unit in order to determine if impairment is indicated.
Premises and Equipment
Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Computer software costs that are capitalized include only external direct costs of obtaining and installing the software. The Company has not developed any internal use software. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Useful lives range from two to 20 years for equipment; three to seven years for software and hardware; and 10 to 40 years for building and building improvements. Land improvements are depreciated over 20 years and leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the term of the respective lease plus any optional renewal periods that are reasonably assured or life of the asset. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred.
Leases
The Company occupies certain offices and uses certain equipment under non-cancelable operating lease agreements. The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception. The right-of-use assets associated with operating leases are recorded in premises and equipment in the Company’s consolidated statements of condition. The lease liabilities associated with operating leases are included in accrued interest and other liabilities in the Company’s consolidated statements of condition.
Right-of-use assets represent the Company’s right to use the underlying assets for the lease term and lease liabilities represent the Company’s obligation to make lease payments arising from the associated leases. Operating lease right-of-use assets and liabilities are recognized at the commencement date of the lease based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. The Company uses interest rates on advances from the FHLB available at the time of commencement to determine the present value of lease payments. The operating lease right-of-use assets include any lease payments made at the time of commencement and exclude lease incentives. The Company’s lease terms may include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that the option will be exercised. Lease expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term and is included in occupancy and equipment expense in the Company’s consolidated statements of income.
87
The Company elected to account for lease and non-lease components separately, applies a portfolio approach to account for the lease right-of-use assets and liabilities for certain equipment leases and elected to exclude leases with a term of 12 months or less from the recognition and measurement policies described above.
Other Real Estate
Other real estate owned is comprised of properties acquired through foreclosure, or by deed in lieu of foreclosure. These assets are carried at fair value less estimated costs of disposal. At foreclosure, if the fair value, less estimated costs to sell, of the real estate acquired is less than the Company’s recorded investment in the related loan, a write-down is recognized through a charge to the allowance for credit losses. Any subsequent reduction in value is recognized by a charge to income. Operating costs associated with the properties are charged to expense as incurred. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, other real estate totaled $0.9 million and $1.3 million, respectively, and is included in other assets.
Mortgage Servicing Rights
Originated mortgage servicing rights are recorded at their fair value at the time of sale of the underlying loan, and are amortized in proportion to and over the period of estimated net servicing income or loss. The Company uses a valuation model that calculates the present value of future cash flows to determine the fair value of servicing rights. In using this valuation method, the Company incorporates assumptions that market participants would use in estimating future net servicing income, which includes estimates of the servicing cost per loan, the discount rate, and prepayment speeds. The carrying value of the originated mortgage servicing rights is included in other assets and is evaluated quarterly for impairment using these same market assumptions. The amount of impairment recognized is the amount by which the carrying value of the capitalized servicing rights for a stratum exceeds estimated fair value. Impairment is recognized through a valuation allowance.
Treasury Stock
Repurchases of shares of the Company’s common stock are recorded at cost as a reduction of shareholders’ equity. Reissuance of shares of treasury stock is recorded at average cost.
The Company and its subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income tax return. Provisions for income taxes are based on taxes currently payable or refundable as well as deferred taxes that are based on temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the consolidated financial statements. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are reported in the consolidated financial statements at currently enacted income tax rates applicable to the period in which the deferred tax assets and liabilities are expected to be realized or settled.
Benefits from tax positions should be recognized in the financial statements only when it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained upon examination by the appropriate taxing authority having full knowledge of all relevant information. A tax position meeting the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold should be measured at the largest amount of benefit for which the likelihood of realization upon ultimate settlement exceeds 50 percent. Should tax laws change or the taxing authorities determine that management’s assumptions were inappropriate, an adjustment may be required which could have a material effect on the Company’s results of operations.
Investments in Real Estate Limited Partnerships
The Company has investments in various real estate limited partnerships that acquire, develop, own and operate low and moderate-income housing. The Company’s ownership interest in these limited partnerships ranges from 5.00% to 99.99% as of December 31, 2020. These investments are made directly in Low Income Housing Tax Credit, or LIHTC, partnerships formed by third parties. As a limited partner in these operating partnerships, the Company receives tax credits and tax deductions for losses incurred by the underlying properties.
The Company accounts for its ownership interest in LIHTC partnerships in accordance with Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-01, Investments – Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323): Accounting for Investments in Qualified Affordable Housing Projects. The standard permits an entity to amortize the initial cost of the investment in proportion to the amount of the tax credits and other tax benefits received and recognize the net investment performance in the income statement as a component of income tax expense. The Company has unfunded commitments of $0.9 million at year-end related to qualified affordable housing project investments, which will be funded in 2021. There were no impairment losses during the year resulting from the forfeiture or ineligibility of tax credits related to qualified affordable housing project investments.
88
Repurchase Agreements
The Company sells certain securities under agreements to repurchase. These agreements are treated as collateralized financing transactions. These secured borrowings are reflected as liabilities in the accompanying consolidated statements of condition and are recorded at the amount of cash received in connection with the transaction. Short-term securities sold under agreements to repurchase generally mature within one day from the transaction date. Securities, generally U.S. government and agency securities, pledged as collateral under these financing arrangements can be repledged by the secured party. Additional collateral may be required based on the fair value of the underlying securities.
Retirement Benefits
The Company provides defined benefit pension benefits to eligible employees and post-retirement health and life insurance benefits to certain eligible retirees. The Company also provides deferred compensation and supplemental executive retirement plans for selected current and former employees, officers, and directors. Expense under these plans is charged to current operations and consists of several components of net periodic benefit cost based on various actuarial assumptions regarding future experience under the plans, including discount rate, rate of future compensation increases and expected return on plan assets.
Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities
The Company accounts for derivative financial instruments at fair value. If certain conditions are met, a derivative may be specifically designated as (1) a hedge of the exposure to changes in the fair value of a recognized asset or liability or an unrecognized firm commitment (“fair value hedge”), (2) a hedge of the exposure to variable cash flows of a forecasted transaction or the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized asset or liability (“cash flow hedge”), or (3) an instrument with no hedging designation (“stand-alone derivative”). For a fair value hedge, the gain or loss on the derivative, as well as the offsetting loss or gain on the hedged item, are recognized in current earnings as fair values change. For a cash flow hedge, the gain or loss on the derivative is reported in other comprehensive income and is reclassified into earnings in the same periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. Changes in the fair value of derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting are reported currently in earnings, as noninterest revenues.
Net cash settlements on derivatives that qualify for hedge accounting are recorded in interest income or interest expense, based on the item being hedged. Net cash settlements on derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting are reported in noninterest revenues. Cash flows on hedges are classified in the consolidated statement of cash flow statement the same as the cash flows of the items being hedged.
The Company formally documents the relationship between derivatives and hedged items, as well as the risk-management objective and strategy for undertaking hedge transactions at the inception of the hedging relationship. This documentation includes linking the fair value or cash flow hedges to specific assets and liabilities on the statement of condition or to specific commitments or forecasted transactions.
When hedge accounting is discontinued, subsequent changes in fair value of the derivative are recorded in noninterest revenues. When a fair value hedge is discontinued, the hedged asset or liability is no longer adjusted for changes in fair value and the existing basis adjustment is amortized or accreted over the remaining life of the asset or liability. When a cash flow hedge is discontinued, but the hedged cash flows or forecasted transactions are still expected to occur, gains or losses that were accumulated in other comprehensive income are amortized into earnings over the same periods which the hedged transactions will affect earnings.
Assets Under Management or Administration
Assets held in fiduciary or agency capacities for customers are not included in the accompanying consolidated statements of condition as they are not assets of the Company. All fees associated with providing asset management services are recorded on an accrual basis of accounting and are included in noninterest income.
Advertising
Advertising costs amounting to approximately $6.1 million, $7.1 million and $5.1 million for the years ending December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively, are nondirect response in nature and expensed as incurred.
89
Bank Owned Life Insurance
The Company owns life insurance policies on certain current and former employees and directors where the Bank is the beneficiary. Bank owned life insurance is recorded at the amount that can be realized under the insurance contract at the balance sheet date, which is the cash surrender value (“CSV”) adjusted for other charges or other amounts due that are probable at settlement. Increases in the CSV of the policies, as well as the death benefits received, net of any CSV, are recorded in noninterest income, and are not subject to income taxes.
Earnings Per Share
Using the two-class method, basic earnings per common share is computed based upon net income available to common shareholders divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during each period, which excludes the outstanding unvested restricted stock. Diluted earnings per share is computed using the weighted average number of common shares determined for the basic earnings per common share computation plus the dilutive effect of stock options using the treasury stock method. Stock options where the exercise price is greater than the average market price of common shares were not included in the computation of earnings per diluted share as they would have been anti-dilutive. Shares held in rabbi trusts related to deferred compensation plans are considered outstanding for purposes of computing earnings per share.
Stock-based Compensation
Companies are required to measure and record compensation expense for stock options and other share-based payments on the instruments’ fair value on the date of grant. Stock-based compensation expense is recognized ratably over the requisite service period for all awards (see Note L).
Fair Values of Financial Instruments
The Company determines fair values based on quoted market values where available or on estimates using present values or other valuation techniques. Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. In that regard, the derived fair value estimates cannot be substantiated by comparison to independent markets and, in many cases, could not be realized in immediate settlement of the instrument. Certain financial instruments and all nonfinancial instruments are excluded from this disclosure requirement. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented do not represent the underlying value of the Company. The fair values of investment securities, loans, deposits, and borrowings have been disclosed in Note R.
Reclassifications
Certain reclassifications have been made to prior years’ balances to conform to the current year presentation.
Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326) (“ASU No. 2016-13”). This new guidance significantly changes how entities measure credit losses for most financial assets and certain other instruments that are not measured at fair value through net income. This ASU replaces the incurred loss methodology with a current expected credit loss (“CECL”) methodology for instruments measured at amortized cost, and requires entities to record allowances for available-for-sale debt securities rather than reduce the carrying amount, as they do under the other-than-temporary impairment model. CECL simplifies the accounting model for purchased credit-impaired debt securities and loans and also applies to off-balance-sheet credit exposures not accounted for as insurance. CECL requires adoption through a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the first reporting period in which the guidance is adopted. This new guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years.
The Company adopted ASC 326 on January 1, 2020 using a modified retrospective approach for all financial assets measured at amortized cost and off-balance-sheet credit exposures. Results for reporting periods beginning after January 1, 2020 are presented under ASC 326 while prior period amounts continue to be reported in accordance with previously applicable GAAP. The Company recorded a net cumulative-effect adjustment that increased retained earnings by $1.1 million. This adjustment was a result of a $3.1 million adjustment to loans, partially offset by a $1.4 million increase in the allowance for credit losses and a $0.6 million increase in other liabilities related to the allowance for off-balance-sheet credit exposures and deferred taxes. The adoption of ASU No. 2016-13 did not result in a material allowance for credit losses on the Company’s available-for-sale debt securities or its other instruments carried at amortized cost. The Company’s regulators permit financial institutions to “phase-in” the impact of CECL on its regulatory capital ratios for up to 5 years with transitional relief of incremental capital requirements. The Company did not utilize the phased-in approach and recorded the entire cumulative-effect adjustment against its regulatory capital at the time of adoption.
90
The Company adopted ASC 326 using the prospective transition approach for financial assets purchased with credit deterioration ("PCD") that were previously classified as purchased credit impaired ("PCI") and accounted for under ASC 310-30. In accordance with this standard, management did not reassess whether PCI assets met the criteria of PCD assets as of the date of adoption. On January 1, 2020, the amortized cost basis of the PCD assets were adjusted to reflect the addition of $3.1 million of allowance for credit losses. The remaining noncredit discount (based on the adjusted amortized cost basis) will be accreted into interest income at the effective interest rate beginning on January 1, 2020.
In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350). The amendments simplify how an entity is required to test goodwill for impairment by eliminating the requirement to measure a goodwill impairment loss by comparing the implied fair value of a reporting unit’s goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. Instead, an entity will perform its goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, and recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value. Impairment loss recognized under this new guidance will be limited to the goodwill allocated to the reporting unit. This ASU is effective prospectively for the Company for annual or interim goodwill impairment tests in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company adopted this guidance on January 1, 2020 and determined the adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-13, Disclosure Framework - Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurements (Topic 820). The updated guidance removed the requirement to disclose the amount of and reasons for transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, the policy for timing of transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy, and the valuation processes for Level 3 fair value measurements. The updated guidance clarifies that the measurement uncertainty disclosure is to communicate information about the uncertainty in measurements as of the reporting date. Further, the updated guidance requires disclosure of changes in unrealized gains and losses for the period included in other comprehensive income for recurring Level 3 fair value measurements held at the end of the reporting period and how the weighted average of significant unobservable inputs used to develop Level 3 fair value measurements was calculated. This new guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company adopted this guidance on January 1, 2020 and determined the adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-14, Disclosure Framework - Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Defined Benefit Plans (Subtopic 715-20). The updated guidance removed the requirements to identify amounts that are expected to be reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income and recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost in the next fiscal year, as well as the effects of a one-percentage-point change in assumed health care cost trend rates on service and interest cost and on the postretirement benefit obligation. The updated guidance added disclosure requirements for the weighted-average interest crediting rates for cash balance plans and other plans with interest crediting rates, and explanations for significant gains and losses related to changes in the benefit obligation for the period. This new guidance is effective retrospectively for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020 with early adoption permitted. The Company adopted this guidance on January 1, 2021 and determined the adoption of this guidance will not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-12, Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes (Topic 740). The updated guidance simplifies the accounting for income taxes by removing certain exceptions to the general principles in Topic 740, and clarifying and amending existing guidance to improve consistent application. This new guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted in any interim periods for which financial statements have not been issued. The Company adopted this guidance on January 1, 2021 and determined the adoption of this guidance will not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
91
In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU No. 2020-04, Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting (Topic 848). The updated guidance provides optional expedients and exceptions for applying GAAP to contracts, hedging relationships, and other transactions affected by reference rate reform if certain criteria are met. The amendments in this guidance apply only to contracts, hedging relationships, and other transactions that reference LIBOR or another reference rate expected to be discontinued because of reference rate reform. This new guidance is effective as of March 12, 2020 through December 31, 2022. Adoption is permitted in any interim periods for which financial statements have not been issued. While not expected to be material to the Company due to its insignificant exposure to LIBOR-based loans and financial instruments, the Company is currently evaluating the impact the adoption of this guidance will have on the Company's consolidated financial statements.
NOTE B: ACQUISITIONS
On June 12, 2020, the Company completed its merger with Steuben Trust Corporation (“Steuben”), parent company of Steuben Trust Company, a New York State chartered bank headquartered in Hornell, New York, for $98.6 million in Company stock and cash, comprised of $21.6 million in cash and the issuance of 1.36 million shares of common stock. The merger extended the Company’s footprint into two new counties in Western New York State, and enhanced the Company’s presence in four Western New York State counties in which it currently operates. In connection with the merger, the Company added 11 full-service offices to its branch service network and acquired $607.8 million of assets, including $339.7 million of loans and $180.5 million of investment securities, as well as $516.3 million of deposits. Goodwill of $20.2 million was recognized as a result of the merger. The effects of the acquired assets and liabilities have been included in the consolidated financial statements since that date. Revenues, excluding interest income on acquired investments, interest income on acquired consumer indirect loans, and revenues associated with acquired loans and deposits consolidated into the legacy branch network, of approximately $7.7 million, and direct expenses, which may not include certain shared expenses, of approximately $2.6 million from Steuben were included in the consolidated income statement for the year ended December 31, 2020. The Company incurred certain one-time, transaction-related costs in 2020 in connection with the Steuben acquisition.
On September 18, 2019, the Company, through its subsidiary, CISI, completed its acquisition of certain assets of a practice engaged in the financial services business headquartered in Syracuse, New York. The Company paid $0.5 million in cash to acquire a customer list, and recorded a $0.5 million customer list intangible asset in conjunction with the acquisition. The effects of the acquired assets have been included in the consolidated financial statements since that date.
On July 12, 2019, the Company completed its merger with Kinderhook Bank Corp. (“Kinderhook”), parent company of The National Union Bank of Kinderhook, headquartered in Kinderhook, New York, for $93.4 million in cash. The merger added 11 branch locations across a five county area in the Capital District of Upstate New York. The merger resulted in the acquisition of $642.8 million of assets, including $479.9 million of loans and $39.8 million of investment securities, as well as $568.2 million of deposits and $40.0 million in goodwill. The effects of the acquired assets and liabilities have been included in the consolidated financial statements since that date. Revenues, excluding interest income on acquired investments, of approximately $16.3 million, and direct expenses, which may not include certain shared expenses, of approximately $7.4 million from Kinderhook were included in the consolidated income statement for the year ended December 31, 2020. Revenues, excluding interest income on acquired investments, of approximately $10.6 million, and direct expenses, which may not include certain shared expenses, of approximately $4.7 million from Kinderhook were included in the consolidated income statement for the year ended December 31, 2019.
On January 2, 2019, the Company, through its subsidiary, CISI, completed its acquisition of certain assets of Wealth Resources Network, Inc. (“Wealth Resources”), a financial services business headquartered in Liverpool, New York. The Company paid $1.2 million in cash to acquire a customer list from Wealth Resources, and recorded a $1.2 million customer list intangible asset in conjunction with the acquisition. The effects of the acquired assets have been included in the consolidated financial statements since that date.
On April 2, 2018, the Company, through its subsidiary, BPAS, acquired certain assets of HR Consultants (SA), LLC (“HR Consultants”), a provider of actuarial and benefit consulting services headquartered in Puerto Rico. The Company paid $0.3 million in cash to acquire the assets of HR Consultants and recorded intangible assets of $0.3 million in conjunction with the acquisition. The effects of the acquired assets have been included in the consolidated financial statements since that date.
92
On January 2, 2018, the Company, through its subsidiary, OneGroup, completed its acquisition of certain assets of Penna & Associates Agency, Inc. (“Penna”), an insurance agency headquartered in Johnson City, New York. The Company paid $0.8 million in cash to acquire the assets of Penna, and recorded goodwill in the amount of $0.3 million and a customer list intangible asset of $0.3 million in conjunction with the acquisition. The effects of the acquired assets have been included in the consolidated financial statements since that date.
On January 2, 2018, the Company, through its subsidiary, CISI, completed its acquisition of certain assets of Styles Bridges Associates (“Styles Bridges”), a financial services business headquartered in Canton, New York. The Company paid $0.7 million in cash to acquire a customer list from Styles Bridges, and recorded a $0.7 million customer list intangible asset in conjunction with the acquisition. The effects of the acquired assets have been included in the consolidated financial statements since that date.
The assets and liabilities assumed in the acquisitions were recorded at their estimated fair values based on management’s best estimates using information available at the dates of the acquisitions, and were subject to adjustment based on updated information not available at the time of the acquisitions. During the first quarter of 2020, the carrying amount of other liabilities associated with the Kinderhook acquisition decreased by $0.3 million as a result of an adjustment to accrued income taxes and deferred income taxes. Goodwill associated with the Kinderhook acquisition decreased $0.3 million as a result of this adjustment. During the third quarter of 2020, associated with the Steuben acquisition, the carrying amount of loans decreased by $0.2 million, premises and equipment decreased by $0.5 million, other assets decreased by $1.7 million, and accrued interest and other liabilities decreased by $1.3 million as a result of updated information not available at the time of acquisition. Goodwill associated with the Steuben acquisition increased $1.1 million as a result of these adjustments. During the fourth quarter of 2020, associated with the Steuben acquisition, the carrying amount of other assets increased by $0.04 million, accrued interest and fees receivable decreased by $0.01 million and other liabilities decreased by $0.01 million as a result of updated information not available at the time of acquisition. Goodwill associated with the Steuben acquisition decreased $0.04 million as a result of these adjustments.
The above referenced acquisitions generally expanded the Company’s geographical presence in New York and management expects that the Company will benefit from greater geographic diversity and the advantages of other synergistic business development opportunities.
93
The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed after considering the measurement period adjustments described above:
(000s omitted)
Kinderhook
Other (1)
Other (2)
Consideration paid :
Cash
21,613
93,384
1,650
95,034
1,753
Community Bank System, Inc. common stock
Total net consideration paid
98,555
Recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed:
55,973
90,381
180,497
39,770
Loans, net of allowance for credit losses on PCD loans (3)
339,017
479,877
7,764
13,970
2,701
1,130
17,675
14,109
105
3,573
1,343
(516,274)
(568,161)
(5,095)
(2,922)
(6,000)
(2,420)
(13,831)
Total identifiable assets, net
78,320
53,414
55,064
1,443
20,235
39,970
310
Under ASC 310-30, acquired loans that have evidence of deterioration in credit quality since origination and for which it is probable, at acquisition, that the Company will be unable to collect all contractually required payments were aggregated by comparable characteristics and recorded at fair value without a carryover of the related allowance for credit losses. Cash flows for each loan were determined using an estimate of credit losses and rate of prepayments. Projected monthly cash flows were then discounted to present value using a market-based discount rate. The excess of the undiscounted expected cash flows over the estimated fair value is referred to as the “accretable yield” and is recognized into interest income over the remaining lives of the acquired loans.
On January 1, 2020, the Company adopted ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326) which replaces the ASC 310-30 acquired impaired loans methodology described above with the purchased credit deteriorated ("PCD") methodology discussed in Note A: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.
94
The Company has acquired loans from Steuben for which there was evidence of a more-than-insignificant deterioration in credit quality since origination. There were no investment securities acquired from Steuben for which there was evidence of a more-than-insignificant deterioration in credit quality since origination. The carrying amount of those loans is as follows at the date of acquisition:
PCD Loans
Par value of PCD loans at acquisition
35,906
Allowance for credit losses at acquisition
(668)
Non-credit premium at acquisition
Fair value of PCD loans at acquisition
35,341
The following is a summary of the remaining loans acquired from Steuben for which there was no evidence of a more-than-insignificant deterioration in credit quality since origination at the date of acquisition:
Non-PCD Loans
Contractually required principal and interest at acquisition
400,738
Contractual cash flows not expected to be collected
(2,994)
Expected cash flows at acquisition
397,744
Interest component of expected cash flows
(94,068)
Fair value of non-PCD loans at acquisition
303,676
The following is a summary of the loans acquired from Kinderhook at the date of acquisition:
Acquired
Impaired
Non-impaired
13,350
636,384
649,734
(4,176)
(5,472)
(9,648)
9,174
630,912
640,086
(551)
(159,658)
(160,209)
Fair value of acquired loans
8,623
471,254
The fair value of the Company’s common stock issued for the Steuben acquisition was determined using the market close price of the stock on June 12, 2020.
The fair value of checking, savings and money market deposit accounts acquired were assumed to approximate the carrying value as these accounts have no stated maturity and are payable on demand. Certificate of deposit accounts were valued at the present value of the certificates’ expected contractual payments discounted at market rates for similar certificates. The fair value of subordinated notes payable was estimated using discounted cash flows and interest rates being offered on similar securities. Subordinated notes payable assumed with the Kinderhook acquisition included $3.0 million of subordinated notes with a fixed interest rate of 6.0% maturing in February 2028 and $10.0 million of subordinated notes with a fixed interest rate of 6.375% maturing in November 2025.
The core deposit intangibles and other intangibles related to the Steuben acquisition, both acquisitions completed by CISI in 2019, Kinderhook, Penna, Styles Bridges and HR Consultants acquisitions are being amortized using an accelerated method over their estimated useful life of eight years. The goodwill, which is not amortized for book purposes, was assigned to the Banking segment for the Steuben and Kinderhook acquisitions and All Other segment for the Penna acquisition. Goodwill arising from the Steuben and Kinderhook acquisitions is not deductible for tax purposes. Goodwill arising from the Penna acquisition is deductible for tax purposes.
Direct costs related to the acquisitions were expensed as incurred. Merger and acquisition integration-related expenses (recoveries) amount to $4.9 million, $8.6 million and $(0.8) million during 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively, and have been separately stated in the consolidated statements of income.
95
Supplemental Pro Forma Financial Information (Unaudited)
The following unaudited condensed pro forma information assumes the Steuben acquisition had been completed as of January 1, 2019 for the year ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 and the Kinderhook acquisitions had been completed as of January 1, 2018 for the year ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018. The pro forma information does not include amounts related to the two acquisitions completed by CISI in 2019 and Penna, Styles Bridges and HR Consultants acquisitions completed in 2018, as the amounts were immaterial. The table below has been prepared for comparative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the actual results that would have been attained had the acquisitions occurred as of the beginning of the year presented, nor is it indicative of the Company’s future results. Furthermore, the unaudited pro forma information does not reflect management’s estimate of any revenue-enhancing opportunities nor anticipated cost savings that may have occurred as a result of the integration and consolidation of the acquisitions.
The pro forma information set forth below reflects the historical results of Steuben and Kinderhook combined with the Company’s consolidated statement of income with adjustments related to (a) certain purchase accounting fair value adjustments and (b) amortization of customer lists and core deposit intangibles. Acquisition expenses related to the Steuben transaction totaling $4.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 were included in the pro forma information as if they were incurred in 2019. Acquisition expenses related to the Kinderhook transaction totaling $8.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 were included in the pro forma information as if they were incurred in 2018.
Pro Forma (Unaudited)
Year Ended December 31,
Total revenue, net of interest expense
607,382
626,229
594,174
171,147
180,237
167,914
NOTE C: INVESTMENT SECURITIES
The amortized cost and estimated fair value of investment securities as of December 31 are as follows:
Gross
Unrealized
Estimated
Cost
Gains
Losses
94,741
16,595
21,674
7,975
24,632
14,382
16,280
182
5,478
1,107
1,111
482
136,901
16,788
42,017
9,140
194
200
750
944
950
A summary of investment securities that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for less than or greater than twelve months is as follows:
96
As of December 31, 2020
Less than 12 Months
12 Months or Longer
#
831,015
358
75,992
76,006
1,001
5,246
Total available-for-sale investment portfolio
117
913,612
120
913,626
As of December 31, 2019
592,678
7,970
25,998
618,676
22,716
89,237
341
52,975
766
142,212
5,971
4,405
10,376
710,602
8,351
83,378
789
150
793,980
The unrealized losses reported pertaining to securities issued by the U.S. government and its sponsored entities, include treasuries, agencies, and mortgage-backed securities issued by Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae, and Freddie Mac, which are currently rated AAA by Moody’s Investor Services, AA+ by Standard & Poor’s and are guaranteed by the U.S. government. The majority of the obligations of state and political subdivisions and corporations carry a credit rating of A or better. Additionally, a majority of the obligations of state and political subdivisions carry a secondary level of credit enhancement. The Company holds one corporate debt security in an unrealized loss position which is currently rated A- or better and the issuer of the security shows a low risk of default. The Company does not intend to sell these securities, nor is it more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell these securities prior to recovery of the amortized cost. Timely principal and interest payments continue to be made on the securities. The unrealized losses in the portfolios are primarily attributable to changes in interest rates. As such, management does not believe any individual unrealized loss as of December 31, 2020 represents credit losses and no unrealized losses have been recognized in the provision for credit losses. Accordingly, there is no allowance for credit losses on the Company’s available-for-sale portfolio as of December 31, 2020. As of December 31, 2019, management did not believe any individual unrealized loss represents other-than-temporary impairment.
97
The amortized cost and estimated fair value of debt securities at December 31, 2020, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. Securities not due at a single maturity date are shown separately.
Available-for-Sale
Due in one year or less
215,400
217,938
Due after one through five years
732,939
768,761
Due after five years through ten years
460,678
496,977
Due after ten years
1,469,746
1,498,001
2,878,763
2,981,677
Investment securities with a carrying value of $2.03 billion and $1.47 billion at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, were pledged to collateralize certain deposits and borrowings. Securities pledged to collateralize certain deposits and borrowings included $473.4 million and $502.8 million of U.S. Treasury securities that were pledged as collateral for securities sold under agreement to repurchase at December 31, 2020, and 2019, respectively. All securities sold under agreement to repurchase as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 have an overnight and continuous maturity.
During 2019, the Company sold $590.2 million of U.S. Treasury and agency securities, recognizing $5.0 million of gross realized gains and $0.1 million of gross realized losses. There were no sales of investment securities in 2020 and 2018.
NOTE D: LOANS
The segments of the Company’s loan portfolio at December 31 are summarized as follows:
Gross loans, including deferred origination costs
The Company had approximately $25.5 million and $32.3 million of net deferred loan origination costs included in gross loans as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Certain directors and executive officers of the Company, as well as associates of such persons, are loan customers. Loans to these individuals were made in the ordinary course of business under normal credit terms and do not have more than a normal risk of collection. Following is a summary of the aggregate amount of such loans during 2020 and 2019.
Balance at beginning of year
17,486
20,661
New loans
4,194
5,720
Payments
(6,131)
(8,895)
Balance at end of year
15,549
98
The following table presents the aging of the amortized cost basis of the Company’s past due loans, including purchased credit deteriorated (“PCD”) loans, by segment as of December 31, 2020:
Past Due
90+ Days Past
30 – 89
Due and
Days
Still Accruing
Nonaccrual
Current
Total Loans
4,896
3,379,413
13,236
31,257
2,370,242
13,161
13,381
1,008,504
1,170
1,201
151,456
2,296
5,107
394,727
34,759
111,610
7,304,342
The following is an aged analysis of the Company’s past due loans by segment as of December 31, 2019:
Legacy Loans (excludes loans acquired after January 1, 2009)
days
3,936
126
3,840
7,902
1,848,683
1,856,585
10,990
2,052
10,131
23,173
1,973,543
1,996,716
12,673
125
12,798
1,094,510
1,107,308
1,455
1,531
174,445
175,976
1,508
328
1,444
3,280
310,727
314,007
30,562
2,707
15,415
48,684
5,401,908
5,450,592
Acquired Loans (includes loans acquired after January 1, 2009)
Impaired(1)
8,518
2,173
570
11,261
11,797
896,233
919,291
890
277
2,386
3,553
430,633
434,186
110
5,644
5,754
111
8,291
8,402
744
412
1,394
70,924
72,318
10,290
2,719
3,420
16,429
1,411,725
1,439,951
The delinquency status for loans on payment deferment due to COVID-19 financial hardship were reported at December 31, 2020 based on their delinquency status at the execution date of the payment deferment, unless subsequent to the execution date of the payment deferment, the borrower made all required past due payments to bring the loan to current status.
99
No interest income on nonaccrual loans was recognized during the year ended December 31, 2020 or December 31, 2019. The Company wrote off $1.5 million of accrued interest on nonaccrual loans by reversing interest income in 2020 primarily due to the reversal of accrued interest on business lending loans of certain commercial borrowers, which primarily operate in the hospitality, travel and entertainment industries, who requested and were granted further extensions of existing loan repayment forbearance due to the continued pandemic-related financial hardship they were experiencing, which were reclassified from accruing to nonaccrual status. An immaterial amount of accrued interest was written off on nonaccrual loans by reversing interest income in 2019.
The Company uses several credit quality indicators to assess credit risk in an ongoing manner. The Company’s primary credit quality indicator for its business lending portfolio is an internal credit risk rating system that categorizes loans as “pass”, “special mention”, “classified”, or “doubtful”. Credit risk ratings are applied individually to those classes of loans that have significant or unique credit characteristics that benefit from a case-by-case evaluation. Loans that were granted initial COVID-19 related financial hardship payment deferrals were not automatically downgraded into lower credit risk ratings, but will continue to be monitored for indications of deterioration that could result in future downgrades. In general, the following are the definitions of the Company’s credit quality indicators:
Pass
The condition of the borrower and the performance of the loans are satisfactory or better.
Special Mention
The condition of the borrower has deteriorated although the loan performs as agreed. Loss may be incurred at some future date, if conditions deteriorate further.
Classified
The condition of the borrower has significantly deteriorated and the performance of the loan could further deteriorate and incur loss, if deficiencies are not corrected.
Doubtful
The condition of the borrower has deteriorated to the point that collection of the balance is improbable based on current facts and conditions and loss is likely.
The following tables show the amount of business lending loans by credit quality category at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019:
Revolving
Term Loans Amortized Cost Basis by Origination Year
Prior
Cost Basis
Business lending:
Risk rating
860,178
351,350
312,087
217,138
231,453
543,999
483,018
2,999,223
Special mention
14,687
36,041
28,410
21,875
29,386
51,657
52,732
234,788
6,336
4,560
30,422
24,807
14,891
65,157
56,000
202,173
2,888
879
3,893
Total business lending
881,201
391,969
373,807
263,820
275,730
660,921
592,629
Legacy
1,655,280
832,693
2,487,973
98,953
45,324
144,277
102,352
29,477
131,829
Acquired impaired
100
All other loans are underwritten and structured using standardized criteria and characteristics, primarily payment performance, and are normally risk rated and monitored collectively on a monthly basis. These are typically loans to individuals in the consumer categories and are delineated as either performing or nonperforming. Performing loans include loans classified as current as well as those classified as 30 - 89 days past due. Nonperforming loans include 90+ days past due and still accruing and nonaccrual loans.
The following table details the balances in all other loan categories at December 31, 2020:
Consumer mortgage:
FICO AB
Performing
260,588
227,027
166,638
163,653
160,911
614,976
321
1,594,114
Nonperforming
275
345
2,709
3,727
Total FICO AB
166,913
164,051
161,256
617,685
1,597,841
FICO CDE
115,049
102,788
80,973
75,289
83,214
314,668
17,382
789,363
1,010
582
877
1,786
10,040
14,295
Total FICO CDE
103,798
81,555
76,166
85,000
324,708
803,658
Total consumer mortgage
375,637
330,825
248,468
240,217
246,256
942,393
17,703
Consumer indirect:
303,471
305,901
202,373
86,497
61,449
61,975
1,021,666
Total consumer indirect
303,522
305,953
202,455
86,514
61,465
61,976
Consumer direct:
49,181
46,992
27,872
12,326
5,232
4,146
6,878
152,627
Total consumer direct
49,182
47,011
27,874
12,331
4,149
Home equity:
48,145
48,780
28,074
23,524
17,828
35,900
194,773
397,024
104
183
490
1,936
2,810
Total home equity
48,804
28,147
23,628
18,011
36,390
196,709
The following table details the balances in all other loan categories at December 31, 2019:
Consumer
Home
Mortgage
Indirect
Direct
Equity
1,984,533
1,107,183
175,900
312,235
3,579,851
1,772
14,156
3,594,007
101
431,523
5,723
8,350
71,668
517,264
650
3,396
520,660
All loan classes are collectively evaluated for impairment except business lending. A summary of individually evaluated impaired business lending loans as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 follows:
Loans with allowance allocation
27,437
Loans without allowance allocation
8,138
1,414
Carrying balance
35,575
Contractual balance
38,362
Specifically allocated allowance
3,874
The average carrying balance of individually evaluated impaired loans was $12.2 million, $5.1 million and $7.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. No interest income was recognized on individually evaluated impaired loans for the years ended December 31, 2020, December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018.
In the course of working with borrowers, the Company may choose to restructure the contractual terms of certain loans. In this scenario, the Company attempts to work-out an alternative payment schedule with the borrower in order to optimize collectability of the loan. Any loans that are modified are reviewed by the Company to identify if a TDR has occurred, which is when, for economic or legal reasons related to a borrower’s financial difficulties, the Company grants a concession to the borrower that it would not otherwise consider. Terms may be modified to fit the ability of the borrower to repay in line with its current financial standing and the restructuring of the loan may include the transfer of assets from the borrower to satisfy the debt, a modification of loan terms, or a combination of the two.
In accordance with clarified guidance issued by the OCC, loans that have been discharged in Chapter 7 bankruptcy but not reaffirmed by the borrower, are classified as TDRs, irrespective of payment history or delinquency status, even if the repayment terms for the loan have not been otherwise modified. The Company’s lien position against the underlying collateral remains unchanged. Pursuant to that guidance, the Company records a charge-off equal to any portion of the carrying value that exceeds the net realizable value of the collateral. The amount of loss incurred in 2020, 2019 and 2018 was immaterial.
TDRs less than $0.5 million are collectively included in the allowance for credit loss estimate. Commercial loans greater than $0.5 million are individually evaluated for impairment, and if necessary, a specific allocation of the allowance for credit losses is provided. With regard to determination of the amount of the allowance for credit losses, troubled debt restructured loans are considered to be impaired. As a result, the determination of the amount of allowance for credit losses related to impaired loans for each portfolio segment within TDRs is the same as detailed previously.
With respect to the Company’s lending activities, the Company implemented a customer forbearance program allowing for loan payment deferrals up to three months per request during 2020 to assist both consumer and business borrowers that were experiencing financial hardship due to COVID-19 related challenges. Business lending, consumer direct, and consumer indirect loans in deferment status continued to accrue interest on the deferred principal during the deferment period unless otherwise classified as nonaccrual. Consumer mortgage and home equity loans did not accrue interest on the deferred payments during the deferment period. Consistent with the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”), the Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2021 (“CAA”) and industry regulatory guidance, borrowers that were otherwise current on loan payments and granted COVID-19 related financial hardship payment deferrals were reported as current loans throughout the first 180 days of the deferral period and were not classified as TDRs. Borrowers that were delinquent in their payments to the Bank prior to requesting a COVID-19 related financial hardship payment deferral were reviewed on a case-by-case basis for TDR classification and non-performing loan status.
As of December 31, 2020, the Company had 74 borrowers in forbearance due to COVID-19 related financial hardship, representing $66.5 million in outstanding loan balances, or 0.9% of total loans outstanding. These forbearances were comprised of 63 business borrowers representing $65.7 million in outstanding loan balances and 11 consumer borrowers representing approximately $0.8 million in outstanding loan balances.
Information regarding TDRs as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 is as follows:
Accruing
529
191
720
681
882
2,413
2,266
4,679
2,638
1,892
106
4,530
951
941
285
549
290
528
3,227
174
3,757
247
6,984
3,609
168
3,373
248
6,982
The following table presents information related to loans modified in a TDR during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019. Of the loans noted in the table below, all consumer mortgage loans for the years ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, were modified due to a Chapter 7 bankruptcy as described previously. The financial effects of these restructurings were immaterial.
685
1,339
1,519
333
364
181
1,756
2,798
Allowance for Credit Losses
The following presents by segment the activity in the allowance for credit losses during 2020 and 2019:
Beginning
balance,
prior to the
after
adoption of
Impact of
Ending
ASC 326
Charge-offs
Recoveries
acquisition
Provision
balance
288
19,714
(1,497)
356
7,274
(1,051)
9,218
(862)
2,040
(997)
12,715
(6,382)
3,188
(643)
2,612
(1,633)
1,398
808
2,937
(199)
235
Purchased credit deteriorated
3,072
(91)
440
(2,207)
(163)
51,268
(10,664)
3,662
Liabilities for off-balance-sheet credit exposures
Total allowance for credit losses and liabilities for off-balance-sheet credit exposures
2,542
52,453
3,729
11,151
62,358
Lending
(2,334)
(1,372)
(7,631)
(1,945)
(445)
(13,727)
2,412
1,457
2,797
1,395
282
(43)
The allowance for credit losses to total loans ratio of 0.82% at December 31, 2020 was 10 basis points higher than the level at December 31, 2019. This increase was primarily due to non-economic qualitative adjustments resulting from higher loan delinquency and payment deferral levels and loan risk rating downgrades largely driven by the decline in economic conditions associated with the COVID-19 pandemic.
Under CECL, the Company utilizes the historical loss rate on its loan portfolio as the initial basis for the estimate of credit losses using the cumulative loss, vintage loss and line loss methods which is derived from the Company’s historical loss experience from January 1, 2012 to December 31, 2019. Adjustments to historical loss experience were made for differences in current loan-specific risk characteristics and to address current period delinquencies, charge-off rates, risk ratings, lack of loan level data through an entire economic cycle, changes in loan sizes and underwriting standards as well as the addition of acquired loans which were not underwritten by the Company. The Company considered historical losses immediately prior, through and following the Great Recession of 2008 compared to the historical period used for modeling to adjust the historical information to account for longer-term expectations for loan credit performance. Under CECL, the Company is required to consider future economic conditions to determine current expected credit losses. Management selected an eight quarter reasonable and supportable forecast period using a two quarter lag adjustment with a four quarter reversion to the historical mean to use as part of the economic forecast. Management determined that these qualitative adjustments were needed to adjust historical information for expected losses and to reflect changes as a result of current conditions.
For qualitative macroeconomic adjustments, the Company uses third party forecasted economic data scenarios utilizing a base scenario and two alternative scenarios that were weighted based on guidance from the third party provider, with forecasts available as of December 31, 2020. These forecasts were factored into the qualitative portion of the calculation of the estimated credit losses and included the impact of COVID-19, including forecasted vaccine distribution progress, and current and future Federal stimulus packages. The scenarios utilized outline a continued weakness in economic activity with peak unemployment ranging from 6% to 10% in the fourth quarter of 2021 and a general improvement in unemployment levels over the subsequent three quarters. In addition to the economic forecast, the Company also considered additional qualitative adjustments as a result of COVID-19 and the impact on all industries, loan deferrals, delinquencies and downgrades, and the risk that Paycheck Protection Program loans will not be forgiven.
Management developed expected loss estimates considering factors for segments as outlined below:
The following table presents the carrying amounts of loans purchased and sold during the year ended December 31, 2020 by portfolio segment:
Purchases
253,509
26,721
13,926
5,994
39,554
339,704
Sales
79,709
All the purchases during the twelve months ended December 31, 2020 were associated with the Steuben acquisition on June 12, 2020 and all the sales during the twelve months ended December 31, 2020 were sales of secondary market eligible residential mortgage loans.
NOTE E: PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT
Premises and equipment consist of the following at December 31:
Land and land improvements
29,070
26,301
Bank premises
149,217
141,905
Equipment and construction in progress
99,239
89,819
Operating lease right-of-use assets
34,908
39,895
Premises and equipment, gross
312,434
297,920
Accumulated depreciation
(146,779)
(133,282)
NOTE F: GOODWILL AND IDENTIFIABLE INTANGIBLE ASSETS
The gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization for each type of identifiable intangible asset are as follows:
Net
Carrying
Amortizing intangible assets:
69,403
(55,572)
66,475
(50,057)
90,462
(51,353)
89,266
(42,571)
Total amortizing intangibles
159,865
(106,925)
52,940
155,741
(92,628)
63,113
The estimated aggregate amortization expense for each of the five succeeding fiscal years ended December 31 is as follows (000’s omitted):
2021
12,640
2022
10,844
2023
9,082
2024
7,551
2025
6,374
Thereafter
6,449
Shown below are the components of the Company’s goodwill at December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018:
Activity
733,503
40,307
During 2020, the Company performed quarterly qualitative analyses of goodwill impairment and performed a quantitative assessment of its insurance subsidiary included in the All Other segment during the fourth quarter of 2020 by comparing the fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying amount. The qualitative analyses performed in 2020 included assessments of macroeconomic conditions, industry and market considerations, cost factors, overall financial performance, other relevant entity-specific events, events affecting a reporting unit and changes in share price. During the first quarter of 2019, the Company performed its annual internal valuation of goodwill and impairment analysis by comparing the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying value. Results of the quarterly and annual analyses indicate there was no goodwill impairment in 2020 or 2019.
Under certain circumstances, the Company sells consumer residential mortgage loans in the secondary market and typically retains the right to service the loans sold. Generally, the Company’s residential mortgage loans sold to third parties are sold on a non-recourse basis. Upon sale, a mortgage servicing right (“MSR”) is established, which represents the current fair value of future net cash flows expected to be realized for performing the servicing activities. The Company stratifies these assets based on predominant risk characteristics, namely expected term of the underlying financial instruments, and uses a valuation model that calculates the present value of future cash flows to determine the fair value of servicing rights. MSRs are recorded in other assets at the lower of the initial capitalized amount, net of accumulated amortization or fair value. Mortgage loans serviced for others are not included in the accompanying consolidated statements of condition.
The following table summarizes the changes in carrying value of MSRs and the associated valuation allowance:
Carrying value before valuation allowance at beginning of period
972
1,137
Additions
715
Acquisitions
122
196
(379)
(378)
Carrying value before valuation allowance at end of period
1,430
Valuation allowance balance at beginning of period
Impairment charges
(150)
(326)
Impairment recoveries
229
Valuation allowance balance at end of period
(219)
Net carrying value at end of period
1,211
674
Fair value of MSRs at end of period
1,384
1,362
Principal balance of loans sold during the year
2,204
Principal balance of loans serviced for others
351,759
294,093
Custodial escrow balances maintained in connection with loans serviced for others
5,583
4,596
The following table summarizes the key economic assumptions used to estimate the value of the MSRs at December 31:
Weighted-average contractual life (in years)
21.5
20.9
Weighted-average constant prepayment rate (CPR)
30.4
18.7
Weighted-average discount rate
2.1
3.0
107
NOTE G: DEPOSITS
Deposits recorded in the consolidated statements of condition consist of the following at December 31:
Noninterest checking
Interest checking
2,876,420
2,138,348
Savings
1,949,517
1,538,203
Money market
2,103,498
1,916,385
Time
933,771
936,129
Interest on deposits recorded in the consolidated statements of income consists of the following at December 31:
Interest on interest checking
2,182
3,678
1,796
Interest on savings
665
858
Interest on money market
2,685
5,836
3,638
Interest on time
Total interest on deposits
The approximate maturities of time deposits at December 31, 2020 are as follows:
Accounts $250,000
All Accounts
or Greater
570,039
140,887
126,106
7,182
106,713
6,632
109,573
22,310
21,244
2,595
NOTE H: BORROWINGS
Outstanding borrowings at December 31 are as follows:
Overnight FHLB borrowings
Subordinated notes payable, net of premium of $303 and $795, respectively
Other FHLB borrowings
Total borrowings
FHLB advances are collateralized by a blanket lien on the Company's residential real estate loan portfolio and various investment securities.
Borrowings at December 31, 2020 have contractual maturity dates as follows:
Rate at
(000’s omitted, except rate)
January 2, 2021
February 8, 2021
675
1.45
May 17, 2021
2,000
June 14, 2021
November 22, 2021
February 8, 2023
190
1.79
July 3, 2023
2.25
October 23, 2023
425
October 1, 2025
February 28, 2028
6.00
March 1, 2029
December 15, 2036
1.87
The weighted-average interest rate on borrowings for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was 1.27% and 1.86%, respectively.
As of December 31, 2020, the Company sponsors one business trust, Community Capital Trust IV (“CCT IV”), of which 100% of the common stock is owned by the Company. The Company previously sponsored Steuben Statutory Trust (“SST II”) until September 15, 2020 when the Company exercised its right to redeem all of the SST II debentures and associated preferred securities for a total of $2.1 million. Additionally, the Company previously sponsored Kinderhook Capital Trust (“KCT”) and MBVT Statutory Trust I (“MBVT I”) until September 16, 2019 when the Company exercised its right to redeem all of the KCT and MBVT I debentures and associated preferred securities for a total of $2.1 million and $20.6 million, respectively. The common stock of SST II was acquired in the Steuben acquisition, the common stock of KCT was acquired in the Kinderhook acquisition and the common stock of MBVT I was acquired in the Merchants Bancshares, Inc. (“Merchants”) acquisition. The Company previously sponsored Community Statutory Trust III (“CST III”) until July 31, 2018 when the Company exercised its right to redeem all of the CST III debentures and associated preferred securities for a total of $25.2 million. The trusts were formed for the purpose of issuing company-obligated mandatorily redeemable preferred securities to third-party investors and investing the proceeds from the sale of such preferred securities solely in junior subordinated debt securities of the Company. The debentures held by each trust are the sole assets of such trust. Distributions on the preferred securities issued by each trust are payable quarterly at a rate per annum equal to the interest rate being earned by the trust on the debentures held by that trust and are recorded as interest expense in the consolidated financial statements. The preferred securities are subject to mandatory redemption, in whole or in part, upon repayment of the debentures. The Company has entered into agreements which, taken collectively, fully and unconditionally guarantee the preferred securities subject to the terms of each of the guarantees.
As of December 31, 2020, the terms of the preferred securities of CCT IV are as follows:
Issuance
Par
Maturity
Trust
Date
Interest Rate
Call Price
CCT IV
12/8/2006
$75.0 million
3 month LIBOR plus 1.65% (1.87)%
12/15/2036
109
NOTE I: INCOME TAXES
The provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31 is as follows:
Current:
Federal
35,728
34,804
32,504
State and other
8,008
7,773
9,180
Deferred:
(2,005)
(699)
2,122
(331)
(1,603)
541
Provision for income taxes
Components of the net deferred tax liability, included in other liabilities, as of December 31 are as follows:
15,004
12,059
Employee benefits
7,552
5,393
Operating lease liabilities
8,601
9,801
Other, net
900
837
Deferred tax asset
32,057
28,090
43,325
21,547
Goodwill and intangibles
40,802
39,189
8,384
9,566
Loan origination costs
7,904
7,639
3,089
2,736
Mortgage servicing rights
291
162
Pension
16,987
13,769
Deferred tax liability
120,782
94,608
Net deferred tax liability
(88,725)
(66,518)
The Company has determined that no valuation allowance is necessary as it is more likely than not that the gross deferred tax assets will be realized through future reversals of existing temporary differences and through future taxable income.
A reconciliation of the differences between the federal statutory income tax rate and the effective tax rate for the years ended December 31 is shown in the following table:
Federal statutory income tax rate
21.0
Increase (reduction) in taxes resulting from:
Tax-exempt interest
(1.5)
(1.6)
State income taxes, net of federal benefit
2.5
3.4
(0.8)
(0.9)
Federal tax credits
(1.3)
(1.4)
(0.3)
0.3
Effective income tax rate
20.1
19.2
20.8
A reconciliation of the unrecognized tax benefits for the years ended December 31 is shown in the following table:
Unrecognized tax benefits at beginning of year
Changes related to:
Lapse of statutes of limitations
(24)
Unrecognized tax benefits at end of year
As of December 31, 2020, there was no amount of material unrecognized tax benefits that would impact the Company’s effective tax rate if recognized. It is reasonably possible that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits could change in the next twelve months as a result of various examinations and expiration of statutes of limitations on prior tax returns.
The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as part of income taxes in the consolidated statement of income. The accrued interest related to tax positions was immaterial.
The Company’s federal and state income tax returns are routinely subject to examination from various governmental taxing authorities. Such examinations may result in challenges to the tax return treatment applied by the Company to specific transactions. Management believes that the assumptions and judgment used to record tax-related assets or liabilities have been appropriate. Future examinations by taxing authorities of the Company’s federal or state tax returns could have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations. The Company’s federal income tax returns for years after 2016 may still be examined by the Internal Revenue Service. New York State income tax returns for years after 2016 may still be examined by the New York Department of Taxation and Finance. The Company is currently under examination by the New York Department of Taxation and Finance in connection with tax years 2015 to 2017, and has not received any notices of proposed adjustments. It is not possible to estimate, if and when those examinations may be completed.
The CARES Act is expected to have an immaterial impact as it relates to income taxes and the Company will continue to assess impacts in future periods.
NOTE J: LIMITS ON DIVIDENDS AND OTHER REVENUE SOURCES
The Company’s ability to pay dividends to its shareholders is largely dependent on the Bank’s ability to pay dividends to the Company. In addition to the capital requirements discussed below, the circumstances under which the Bank may pay dividends are limited by federal statutes, regulations, and policies. For example, as a national bank, the Bank must obtain the approval of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) for payments of dividends if the total of all dividends declared in any calendar year would exceed the total of the Bank’s net profits, as defined by applicable regulations, for that year, combined with its retained net profits for the preceding two years. Furthermore, the Bank may not pay a dividend in an amount greater than its undivided profits then on hand after deducting its losses and bad debts, as defined by applicable regulations. At December 31, 2020, the Bank had approximately $110.7 million in undivided profits legally available for the payment of dividends.
In addition, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“FRB”) and the OCC are authorized to determine under certain circumstances that the payment of dividends would be an unsafe or unsound practice and to prohibit payment of such dividends. The FRB has indicated that banking organizations should generally pay dividends only out of current operating earnings.
There are also statutory limits on the transfer of funds to the Company by its banking subsidiary, whether in the form of loans or other extensions of credit, investments or assets purchases. Such transfer by the Bank to the Company generally is limited in amount to 10% of the Bank’s capital and surplus, or 20% in the aggregate. Furthermore, such loans and extensions of credit are required to be collateralized in specific amounts.
NOTE K: BENEFIT PLANS
Pension and post-retirement plans
The Company provides a qualified defined benefit pension to eligible employees and retirees, other post-retirement health and life insurance benefits to certain retirees, an unfunded supplemental pension plan for certain key executives, and an unfunded stock balance plan for certain of its nonemployee directors. Using a measurement date of December 31, the following table shows the funded status of the Company's plans reconciled with amounts reported in the Company's consolidated statements of condition:
Pension Benefits
Post-retirement Benefits
Change in benefit obligation:
Benefit obligation at the beginning of year
162,084
144,211
1,677
1,657
Service cost
5,750
5,081
Interest cost
5,657
6,264
Plan amendment / acquisition
13,598
Participant contributions
Deferred actuarial (gain)/loss
13,954
16,292
114
Benefits paid
(10,682)
(9,764)
(130)
(172)
Benefit obligation at end of year
190,361
1,718
Change in plan assets:
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
227,323
203,672
Actual return of plan assets
33,543
25,522
Employer contributions
7,993
7,893
Plan acquisition
14,423
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
272,600
Over/(Under) funded status at year end
82,239
65,239
(1,718)
(1,677)
Amounts recognized in the consolidated statement of condition were:
101,849
81,930
(19,610)
(16,691)
Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss/(income) (“AOCI”) were:
Net loss
34,290
42,743
641
Net prior service cost (credit)
4,348
4,056
(1,086)
(1,265)
Pre-tax AOCI
38,638
46,799
(371)
(624)
Taxes
(9,488)
(11,448)
155
AOCI at year end
29,150
35,351
(277)
(469)
The benefit obligation for the defined benefit pension plan was $170.8 million and $145.4 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, and the fair value of plan assets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $272.6 million and $227.3 million, respectively. The defined benefit pension plan was amended effective December 31, 2020 to transfer certain obligations from the Company’s deferred compensation plan and Restoration Plan (as defined below) into the qualified defined benefit pension plan. Effective December 31, 2020, the Steuben Trust Company Pension Plan was merged into the Community Bank System, Inc. Pension Plan and the combined plan was revalued resulting in an additional unamortized actuarial gain of approximately $1.1 million, due primarily to a gain on plan assets as of the valuation date.
The Company has unfunded supplemental pension plans for certain key active and retired executives. The projected benefit obligation for the unfunded supplemental pension plan for certain key executives was $19.6 million and $16.4 million for 2020 and 2019, respectively. The Company also has an unfunded stock balance plan for certain of its nonemployee directors. The projected benefit obligation for the unfunded stock balance plan was $0.1 million for 2020 and 2019. The plan was frozen effective December 31, 2009.
112
Effective June 1, 2018, the Company adopted the Community Bank System, Inc. Restoration Plan (“Restoration Plan”). The Restoration Plan is a non-qualified deferred compensation plan for certain employees whose benefits under tax-qualified retirement plans are restricted by the Internal Revenue Code Section 401(a)(17) limitation on compensation. Adoption of the plan resulted in an unfunded initial projected benefit obligation of approximately $0.8 million. The Restoration Plan was amended effective December 31, 2020 to transfer certain obligations into the Company’s qualified defined benefit pension plan. The projected benefit obligation for the unfunded Restoration Plan was $0.03 million for 2020 and $0.3 million for 2019, respectively.
Effective December 31, 2009, the Company terminated its post-retirement medical program for current and future employees. Remaining plan participants will include only existing retirees as of December 31, 2010. This change was accounted for as a negative plan amendment and a $3.5 million, net of income taxes, benefit for prior service was recognized in AOCI in 2009. This negative plan amendment is being amortized over the expected benefit utilization period of remaining plan participants.
Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax, for the year ended December 31, are as follows:
Prior service cost/(credit)
222
(49)
Net (gain) loss
(6,423)
1,920
(6,201)
1,871
192
The estimated costs, net of tax, that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive (income) loss into net periodic (income) cost over the next fiscal year are as follows:
Post-retirement
Benefits
Prior service credit
(179)
3,560
(131)
The weighted-average assumptions used to determine the benefit obligations as of December 31 are as follows:
Discount rate
3.60
Expected return on plan assets
7.00
N/A
Rate of compensation increase
The net periodic benefit cost as of December 31 is as follows:
4,561
5,676
(16,306)
(14,311)
(14,820)
Plan amendment
(637)
Amortization of unrecognized net loss/(gain)
3,239
2,568
1,193
Amortization of prior service cost
241
(293)
Net periodic (benefit)
(2,056)
(334)
(3,670)
(82)
(71)
(89)
Prior service costs in which all or almost all of the plan’s participants are fully eligible for benefits under the plan are amortized on a straight-line basis over the expected future working years of all active plan participants. Unrecognized gains or losses are amortized using the “corridor approach”, which is the minimum amortization required. Under the corridor approach, the net gain or loss in excess of 10 percent of the greater of the projected benefit obligation or the market-related value of the assets is amortized on a straight-line basis over the expected future working years of all active plan participants.
The weighted-average assumptions used to determine the net periodic pension cost for the years ended December 31 are as follows:
4.50
4.45
The amount of benefit payments that are expected to be paid over the next ten years are as follows:
10,588
11,061
12,004
12,404
12,238
2026-2030
64,468
560
The payments reflect future service and are based on various assumptions including retirement age and form of payment (lump-sum versus annuity). Actual results may differ from these estimates.
The assumed discount rate is used to reflect the time value of future benefit obligations. The discount rate was determined based upon the yield on high-quality fixed income investments expected to be available during the period to maturity of the pension benefits. This rate is sensitive to changes in interest rates. A decrease in the discount rate would increase the Company’s obligation and future expense while an increase would have the opposite effect. The expected long-term rate of return was estimated by taking into consideration asset allocation, reviewing historical returns on the type of assets held and current economic factors. Based on the Company’s anticipation of future experience under the defined benefit pension plan, the mortality tables used to determine future benefit obligations under the plan were updated as of December 31, 2020 to the sex-distinct Pri-2012 Mortality Tables for employees, healthy annuitants and contingent survivors, adjusted for mortality improvements using Scale MP-2020 mortality improvement scale on a generational basis. The appropriateness of the assumptions are reviewed annually.
Plan Assets
The investment objective for the defined benefit pension plan is to achieve an average annual total return over a five-year period equal to the assumed rate of return used in the actuarial calculations. At a minimum performance level, the portfolio should earn the return obtainable on high quality intermediate-term bonds. The Company’s perspective regarding portfolio assets combines both preservation of capital and moderate risk-taking. Asset allocation favors fixed income securities, with a target allocation of approximately 60% equity securities and 40% fixed income securities and money market funds. Due to the volatility in the market, the target allocation is not always desirable and asset allocations will fluctuate between acceptable ranges. Prohibited transactions include purchase of securities on margin, uncovered call options, and short sale transactions.
The fair values of the Company’s defined benefit pension plan assets at December 31, 2020 by asset category are as follows:
Quoted Prices
in Active
Significant
Markets for
Observable
Unobservable
Identical Assets
Inputs
Asset category (000’s omitted)
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
68,137
Equity securities:
U.S. large-cap
69,195
U.S mid/small cap
17,338
CBU stock
7,701
International
43,457
6,088
49,545
137,691
143,779
Fixed income securities:
Government securities
6,154
6,241
12,395
Investment grade bonds
23,085
23,226
High yield(a)
5,803
35,042
41,424
Other investments (b)
17,613
Total (c)(d)
258,483
12,470
270,953
The fair values of the Company’s defined benefit pension plan assets at December 31, 2019 by asset category are as follows:
3,983
50,301
10,408
6,522
30,420
5,375
35,795
97,651
103,026
73,698
8,341
82,039
12,938
5,279
91,915
100,256
19,488
19,570
Total (c)
213,037
13,798
226,835
(a)
This category is exchange-traded funds representing a diversified index of high yield corporate bonds.
(b)
This category is comprised of exchange-traded funds and mutual funds holding non-traditional investment classes including private equity funds and alternative exchange funds.
(c)
Excludes dividends and interest receivable totaling $0.2 million and $0.5 million at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
(d)
Excludes certain investments that were measured at net asset value per share (or its equivalents) totaling $1.4 million at December 31, 2020.
The valuation techniques used to measure fair value for the items in the table above are as follows:
The Company makes contributions to its funded qualified pension plan as required by government regulation or as deemed appropriate by management after considering the fair value of plan assets, expected return on such assets, and the value of the accumulated benefit obligation. The Company made a $3.5 million contribution to the Steuben Trust Company Pension Plan in 2020. The Company made a $3.9 million and $7.3 million contribution to its defined benefit pension plan in 2020 and 2019, respectively. The Company funds the payment of benefit obligations for the supplemental pension and post-retirement plans because such plans do not hold assets for investment.
401(k) Employee Stock Ownership Plan
The Company has a 401(k) Employee Stock Ownership Plan in which employees can contribute from 1% to 90% of eligible compensation, with the first 3% being eligible for a 100% matching contribution in the form of Company common stock and the next 3% being eligible for a 50% matching contributions in the form of Company common stock. The expense recognized under this plan for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 was $6.3 million, $6.1 million, and $5.9 million, respectively. Effective January 1, 2010, the defined benefit pension plan was modified to a new plan design that includes an interest credit contribution to be made to the 401(k) plan. The expense recognized for this interest credit contribution for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018 was $0.9 million, $1.1 million, and $0.9 million, respectively.
The Company acquired The National Union Bank of Kinderhook 401(k) Savings Plan with the Kinderhook acquisition and The Steuben Trust Company 401(k) Plan with the Steuben acquisition. Effective November 9, 2020 and January 1, 2021, The National Union Bank of Kinderhook 401(k) Savings Plan and The Steuben Trust Company 401(k) Plan were merged into and became part of the Community Bank System, Inc. 401(k) Employee Stock Ownership Plan, respectively.
Other Deferred Compensation Arrangements
In addition to the supplemental pension plans for certain executives, the Company has nonqualified deferred compensation arrangements for several former directors, officers and key employees. All benefits provided under these plans are unfunded and payments to plan participants are made by the Company. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company has recorded a liability of $5.4 million and $2.6 million, respectively. The expense recognized under these plans for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018 was approximately $0.4 million, $0.2 million, and $0.08 million, respectively.
Deferred Compensation Plans for Directors
Directors of the Company may defer all or a portion of their director fees under the Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors. Under this plan, there is a separate account for each participating director which is credited with the amount of shares that could have been purchased with the director’s fees as well as any dividends on such shares. On the distribution date, the director will receive common stock equal to the accumulated share balance in their account. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, there were 141,655 and 151,519 shares credited to the participants’ accounts, for which a liability of $4.8 million and $4.9 million was accrued, respectively. The expense recognized under the plan for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, was $0.2 million, $0.2 million, and $0.2 million, respectively.
116
The Company acquired deferred compensation plans for certain non-employee directors and trustees of Merchants. Under the terms of these acquired deferred compensation plans, participating directors could elect to have all, or a specified percentage, of their Merchants director’s fees for a given year paid in the form of cash or deferred in the form of restricted shares of Merchants’ common stock. Directors who elected to have their compensation deferred were credited with a number of shares of Merchants’ common stock equal in value to the amount of fees deferred. These shares were converted to shares of Company stock in connection with the acquisition and are held in a rabbi trust. The shares held in the rabbi trust are considered outstanding for purposes of computing earnings per share. The participating director may not sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of these shares prior to distribution. With respect to shares of common stock issued or otherwise transferred to a participating director, the participating director has the right to receive dividends or other distributions thereon.
NOTE L: STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS
The Company has a long-term incentive program for directors, officers and employees. Under this program, the Company initially authorized four million shares of Company common stock for the grant of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, restricted stock awards, and retroactive stock appreciation rights. The long-term incentive program was amended effective May 25, 2011, May 14, 2014 and May 17, 2017 to authorize an additional 900,000 shares, 1,000,000 shares and 1,000,000 shares of Company common stock, respectively, for the grant of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, restricted stock awards, and retroactive stock appreciation rights. As of December 31, 2020, the Company has authorization to grant up to approximately 0.8 million additional shares of Company common stock for these instruments. The nonqualified (offset) stock options in its Director’s Stock Balance Plan vest and become exercisable immediately and expire one year after the date the director retires or two years in the event of death. The remaining options have a ten-year term, and vest and become exercisable on a grant-by-grant basis, ranging from immediate vesting to ratably over a five-year period.
Activity in this long-term incentive program is as follows:
Stock Options
Weighted-
average Exercise
Price of Shares
Outstanding at December 31, 2018
1,644,361
38.36
Granted
199,110
59.41
Exercised
(331,315)
30.42
Forfeited
(9,162)
51.29
Outstanding at December 31, 2019
1,502,994
42.82
254,496
51.68
(197,564)
32.65
(17,667)
50.97
Outstanding at December 31, 2020
1,542,259
45.49
Exercisable at December 31, 2020
978,833
40.77
The following table summarizes the information about stock options outstanding under the Company’s stock option plan at December 31, 2020:
Options outstanding
Options exercisable
average
Exercise
Remaining
Range of Exercise Price
Price
Life (years)
$0.00 – $28.00
50,619
23.95
4.75
$28.001 – $29.00
52,014
28.78
1.22
$29.001 – $30.00
104,045
29.79
$30.001 – $40.00
536,831
37.12
4.37
493,761
37.04
$40.001 – $60.00
798,750
55.61
7.86
278,394
56.78
TOTAL
5.94
The weighted-average remaining contractual term of outstanding and exercisable stock options at December 31, 2020 is 5.94 years and 4.74 years, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of outstanding and exercisable stock options at December 31, 2020 is $25.9 million and $21.1 million, respectively.
The Company recognized stock-based compensation expense related to non-qualified stock options of $2.7 million, $2.2 million and $2.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. A related income tax benefit was recognized of $0.7 million, $0.5 million and $0.6 million for the 2020, 2019 and 2018 years, respectively. Compensation expense related to restricted stock vesting recognized in the income statement for 2020, 2019 and 2018 was approximately $3.3 million, $2.8 million and $3.2 million, respectively.
118
Management estimated the fair value of options granted using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. This model was originally developed to estimate the fair value of exchange-traded equity options, which (unlike employee stock options) have no vesting period or transferability restrictions. As a result, the Black-Scholes model is not necessarily a precise indicator of the value of an option, but it is commonly used for this purpose. The Black-Scholes model requires several assumptions, which management developed based on historical trends and current market observations.
Weighted-average Fair Value of Options Granted
14.16
13.44
Assumptions:
Weighted-average expected life (in years)
Future dividend yield
2.57
2.73
2.91
Share price volatility
29.29
29.31
29.44
Weighted-average risk-free interest rate
0.67
2.44
2.82
Unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to non-vested stock options totaled $5.0 million at December 31, 2020. The weighted-average period over which this unrecognized expense would be recognized is 3.2 years. The total fair value of stock options vested during 2020, 2019, and 2018 were $2.5 million, $2.4 million and $2.3 million, respectively.
During the 12 months ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, proceeds from stock option exercises totaled $7.5 million and $11.3 million, respectively, and the related tax benefits from exercise were approximately $1.2 million and $2.3 million, respectively. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, approximately 0.2 million and 0.3 million shares, respectively, were issued in connection with stock option exercises each year. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during 2020, 2019 and 2018 were $6.6 million, $11.6 million and $8.4 million, respectively.
A summary of the status of the Company’s unvested restricted stock awards as of December 31, 2020, and changes during the twelve months ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, is presented below:
Restricted
grant date fair value
Unvested at December 31, 2018
221,063
37.72
Awards
108,556
42.53
Forfeitures
(2,365)
52.47
Vestings
(130,466)
29.71
Unvested at December 31, 2019
196,788
45.58
52,132
51.64
(12,884)
37.14
(59,628)
47.80
Unvested at December 31, 2020
176,408
47.24
Unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to unvested restricted stock totaled $6.1 million at December 31, 2020, which will be recognized as expense over the next five years. The weighted-average period over which this unrecognized expense would be recognized is 4.2 years. The total fair value of restricted stock vested during 2020, 2019, and 2018 were $2.9 million, $3.8 million and $2.3 million, respectively.
NOTE M: EARNINGS PER SHARE
The two class method is used in the calculations of basic and diluted earnings per share. Under the two class method, earnings available to common shareholders for the period are allocated between common shareholders and participating securities according to dividends declared and participation rights in undistributed earnings. The Company has determined that all of its outstanding non-vested stock awards are participating securities as of December 31, 2020.
Basic earnings per share are computed based on the weighted-average of the common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per share are based on the weighted-average of the shares outstanding and the assumed exercise of stock options during the year. The dilutive effect of options is calculated using the treasury stock method of accounting. The treasury stock method determines the number of common shares that would be outstanding if all the dilutive options were exercised and the proceeds were used to repurchase common shares in the open market at the average market price for the applicable time period. There were approximately 0.6 million, 0.5 million and 0.4 million weighted-average anti-dilutive stock options outstanding at December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively, which were not included in the computation below.
The following is a reconciliation of basic to diluted earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018.
Income attributable to unvested stock-based compensation awards
(514)
(400)
(744)
Income available to common shareholders
164,162
168,663
167,897
Weighted-average common shares outstanding - basic
52,969
51,732
51,165
Weighted-average common shares outstanding
Assumed exercise of stock options
352
583
Weighted-average common shares outstanding – diluted
53,321
52,248
51,748
NOTE N: COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENT LIABILITIES AND RESTRICTIONS
The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments consist primarily of commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to customers, generally having fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses that may require payment of a fee. These commitments consist principally of unused commercial and consumer credit lines. Standby letters of credit generally are contingent upon the failure of the customer to perform according to the terms of an underlying contract with a third party. The credit risks associated with commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit are essentially the same as that involved with extending loans to customers and are subject to the Company’s normal credit policies. Collateral may be obtained based on management’s assessment of the customer’s creditworthiness. The fair value of the standby letters of credit is immaterial for disclosure.
The contract amounts of commitments and contingencies are as follows at December 31:
The Bank has unused lines of credit of $25.0 million at December 31, 2020. The Bank has unused borrowing capacity of approximately $1.66 billion through collateralized transactions with the FHLB and $256.2 million through collateralized transactions with the Federal Reserve.
The Company is required to maintain a reserve balance, as established by the FRB. Effective on March 26, 2020, the FRB reduced this cash reserve requirement to zero percent to help support lending to households and businesses as a result of the impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic. As a result, the Company had no required reserve for the 14-day maintenance period of December 31, 2020 through January 13, 2021.
The Company and its subsidiaries are subject in the normal course of business to various pending and threatened legal proceedings in which claims for monetary damages are asserted. As of December 31, 2020, management, after consultation with legal counsel, does not anticipate that the aggregate ultimate liability arising out of litigation pending or threatened against the Company or its subsidiaries will be material to the Company’s consolidated financial position. On at least a quarterly basis, the Company assesses its liabilities and contingencies in connection with such legal proceedings. For those matters where it is probable that the Company will incur losses and the amounts of the losses can be reasonably estimated, the Company records an expense and corresponding liability in its consolidated financial statements. To the extent the pending or threatened litigation could result in exposure in excess of that liability, the amount of such excess is not currently estimable. The range of reasonably possible losses for matters where an exposure is not currently estimable or considered probable, beyond the existing recorded liabilities, is believed to be between $0 and $1 million in the aggregate. Although the Company does not believe that the outcome of pending litigation will be material to the Company’s consolidated financial position, it cannot rule out the possibility that such outcomes will be material to the consolidated results of operations for a particular reporting period in the future.
NOTE O: LEASES
The Company has operating leases for certain offices and certain equipment. These leases have remaining terms that range from less than one year to 14 years. Options to extend the leases range from a single extension option of one year to multiple extension options for up to 40 years. Certain agreements include an option to terminate the lease within one year.
121
The components of lease expense are as follows:
Operating lease cost
9,000
8,724
Variable lease cost
Short-term lease cost (1)
369
240
Total lease cost
9,422
8,982
Short-term lease cost includes the cost of leases with terms of twelve months or less, excluding leases with terms of one month or less.
Rental expense included in operating expenses amounted to $9.0 million in 2018.
Supplemental cash flow information related to leases is as follows:
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:
Operating cash outflows for operating leases
8,478
7,938
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for lease obligations:
3,519
14,145
Supplemental balance sheet information related to leases is as follows:
(000’s omitted, except lease term and discount rate)
35,857
40,913
Weighted average remaining lease term
6.1 years
6.6 years
Weighted average discount rate
2.95
Maturities of lease liabilities as of December 31, 2020 are as follows:
Operating Leases
7,505
4,973
3,688
Total lease payments
Less imputed interest
(3,564)
Maturities of lease liabilities as of December 31, 2019 are as follows:
9,396
7,952
6,664
5,695
4,565
11,150
45,422
(4,509)
Included in the Company’s operating leases are related party leases where BPAS APS and OneGroup, subsidiaries of the Company, lease office space from 706 North Clinton, LLC (“706 North Clinton”), an entity the Company holds a 50% membership interest in through its subsidiary OPFC II. As of December 31, 2020, the operating lease right-of-use assets and operating lease liabilities associated with these related party leases total $4.5 million and $4.5 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2019, the operating lease right-of-use assets and operating lease liabilities associated with these related party leases total $4.9 million and $4.9 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2020, the weighted average remaining lease term and weighted average discount rate for the Company’s related party leases are 9.0 years and 3.68%, respectively. As of December 31, 2019, the weighted average remaining lease term and weighted average discount rate for the Company’s related party leases are 10.0 years and 3.67%, respectively.
The maturities of the Company’s related party lease liabilities as of December 31, 2020 are as follows:
706 North Clinton, LLC
591
2,341
5,310
(791)
4,519
The maturities of the Company’s related party lease liabilities as of December 31, 2019 are as follows:
2,946
5,901
(964)
4,937
As of December 31, 2020, the Company has an immaterial amount of additional operating leases for offices and equipment that have not yet commenced.
123
NOTE P: REGULATORY MATTERS
The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company’s and the Bank’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Company’s and the Bank's capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors. Management believes, as of December 31, 2020, that the Company and Bank meet all applicable capital adequacy requirements.
Basel III Transitional rules became effective for the Company on January 1, 2015 with all of the requirements being phased in over a multi-year schedule, and fully phased in by January 1, 2019. Beginning in 2016, the Company and the Bank are required to maintain a “capital conservation buffer,” composed entirely of common equity Tier 1 capital, in addition to minimum risk-based capital ratios. The required capital conservation buffer is 2.50% for both 2020 and 2019. Therefore, to satisfy both the minimum risk-based capital ratios and the capital conservation buffer in 2020 and 2019, the Company and the Bank must maintain: (i) Common equity Tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets of at least 7.0%, (ii) Tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets of at least 8.5%, and (iii) Total capital (Tier 1 capital plus Tier 2 capital) to total risk-weighted assets of at least 10.5%. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the amounts, ratios and requirements for the Company are presented below calculated under the Basel III Standardized Transitional Approach. As of December 31, 2020, the OCC categorized the Company and Bank as “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action.
For capital adequacy
To be well-capitalized
purposes plus Capital
under prompt
Actual
purposes
Conservation Buffer
corrective action
Ratio
Community Bank System, Inc.:
Tier 1 Leverage ratio
1,314,864
517,736
647,169
5.00
Tier 1 risk-based capital
18.99
415,472
588,585
8.50
553,962
8.00
Total risk-based capital
1,375,704
727,075
10.50
692,453
Common equity tier 1 capital
1,239,754
17.90
311,604
484,717
450,094
1,148,336
425,431
531,788
17.23
566,432
533,112
1,198,724
699,710
666,390
1,073,281
16.11
299,876
466,473
433,154
Community Bank, N.A.:
1,028,285
7.98
515,552
644,440
14.98
411,880
583,497
549,174
1,089,125
15.87
720,791
686,467
1,028,175
308,910
480,527
446,204
910,364
422,882
528,603
13.79
396,064
561,091
528,086
960,752
14.55
693,113
660,107
910,309
297,048
462,075
429,070
124
NOTE Q: PARENT COMPANY STATEMENTS
The condensed statements of condition of the parent company, Community Bank System, Inc., at December 31 are as follows:
196,021
180,663
6,043
2,853
Investment in and advances to:
Bank subsidiary
1,802,150
1,594,790
Non-bank subsidiaries
196,090
180,487
15,290
12,406
2,215,594
1,971,199
Liabilities and shareholders' equity:
30,864
24,850
80,623
91,115
The condensed statements of income of the parent company for the years ended December 31 is as follows:
Revenues:
Dividends from subsidiaries:
105,000
115,000
98,000
13,500
27,600
9,250
Interest and dividends on investments
134
161
Total revenues
118,668
142,734
107,411
Expenses:
4,244
450
1,248
4,945
477
131
Total expenses
7,520
5,969
5,126
Income before tax benefit and equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries
111,148
136,765
102,285
Income tax benefit
3,739
4,545
1,330
Income before equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries
114,887
141,310
103,615
Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries
49,789
27,753
65,026
Other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax:
Changes in other comprehensive income/(loss) related to pension and other post retirement obligations
Changes in other comprehensive income/(loss) related to unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities
Other comprehensive income/(loss)
The statements of cash flows of the parent company for the years ended December 31 is as follows:
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities
(49,789)
(27,753)
(65,026)
Net change in other assets and other liabilities
1,740
(1,084)
116,627
141,396
102,531
Proceeds from redemption of investment securities
776
Purchases of investment securities
(3,000)
Cash paid for acquisitions, net of cash acquired of $448, $1,328, and $0, respectively
(20,892)
(92,056)
Return of capital from/(capital contributions to)
100,680
(23,890)
8,624
Repayment of advances from subsidiaries
(482)
(1,652)
Repayment of borrowings
(12,062)
22,211
12,200
12,507
Increase in deferred compensation arrangements
Net cash used in financing activities
(77,379)
(85,490)
(71,634)
15,358
64,530
31,673
116,133
84,460
2,555
4,306
4,857
Supplemental disclosures of noncash financing activities
Advances from subsidiaries
932
1,691
Common stock issued for acquisition
NOTE R: FAIR VALUE
Accounting standards allow entities an irrevocable option to measure certain financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected are reported in earnings. The Company has elected to value mortgage loans held for sale at fair value in order to more closely match the gains and losses associated with loans held for sale with the gains and losses on forward sales contracts. Accordingly, the impact on the valuation will be recognized in the Company’s consolidated statement of income. All mortgage loans held for sale are current and in performing status.
Accounting standards establish a framework for measuring fair value and require certain disclosures about such fair value instruments. It defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (i.e. exit price). Inputs used to measure fair value are classified into the following hierarchy:
A financial instrument’s categorization within the valuation hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The following tables set forth the Company’s financial assets and liabilities that were accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis. There were no transfers between any of the levels for the periods presented.
Total Fair
Available-for-sale investment securities:
2,359,912
141,470
Total available-for-sale investment securities
1,187,980
Equity securities
Mortgage loans held for sale
Commitments to originate real estate loans for sale
Forward sales commitments
Interest rate swap agreements asset
1,572
Interest rate swap agreements liability
(1,074)
2,360,357
1,190,102
3,550,473
1,878,705
165,054
1,165,723
851
1,879,156
1,165,988
3,045,144
127
The changes in Level 3 assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis are immaterial.
Assets and liabilities measured on a non-recurring basis:
Impaired loans
25,063
848
Other real estate owned
682
26,628
2,174
Loans are generally not recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Periodically, the Company records nonrecurring adjustments to the carrying value of loans based on fair value measurements for partial charge-offs of the uncollectible portions of those loans. Nonrecurring adjustments also include certain impairment amounts for collateral-dependent loans calculated when establishing the allowance for credit losses. Such amounts are generally based on the fair value of the underlying collateral supporting the loan and, as a result, the carrying value of the loan less the calculated valuation amount does not necessarily represent the fair value of the loan. Real estate collateral is typically valued using independent appraisals or other indications of value based on recent comparable sales of similar properties or assumptions generally observable in the marketplace, adjusted for non-observable inputs. Thus, the resulting nonrecurring fair value measurements are generally classified as Level 3. Estimates of fair value used for other collateral supporting commercial loans generally are based on assumptions not observable in the marketplace and, therefore, such valuations classify as Level 3.
Other real estate owned (“OREO”) is valued at the time the loan is foreclosed upon and the asset is transferred to OREO. The value is based primarily on third party appraisals, less estimated costs to sell. The appraisals are sometimes further discounted based on management’s historical knowledge, changes in market conditions from the time of valuation, and/or management’s expertise and knowledge of the customer and customer’s business. Such discounts are significant, ranging from 11% to 53% at December 31, 2020, and result in a Level 3 classification of the inputs for determining fair value. OREO is reviewed and evaluated on at least a quarterly basis for additional impairment and adjusted accordingly, based on the same factors identified above. The Company recovers the carrying value of OREO through the sale of the property. The ability to affect future sales prices is subject to market conditions and factors beyond the Company’s control and may impact the estimated fair value of a property.
Originated mortgage servicing rights are recorded at their fair value at the time of sale of the underlying loan, and are amortized in proportion to and over the estimated period of net servicing income. The fair value of mortgage servicing rights is based on a valuation model incorporating inputs that market participants would use in estimating future net servicing income. Such inputs include estimates of the cost of servicing loans, appropriate discount rate, and prepayment speeds and are considered to be unobservable and contribute to the Level 3 classification of mortgage servicing rights. In accordance with GAAP, the Company must record impairment charges, on a nonrecurring basis, when the carrying value of a stratum exceeds its estimated fair value. Impairment is recognized through a valuation allowance. There is a valuation allowance of approximately $0.2 million at December 31, 2020.
The Company evaluates goodwill for impairment on an annual basis, or more often if events or circumstances indicate there may be impairment. The fair value of each reporting unit is compared to the carrying amount of that reporting unit in order to determine if impairment is indicated. If so, the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill is compared to its carrying amount and the impairment loss is measured by the excess of the carrying value of the goodwill over fair value of the goodwill. In such situations, the Company performs a discounted cash flow modeling technique that requires management to make estimates regarding the amount and timing of expected future cash flows of the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit that enable the Company to calculate the implied fair value of the goodwill. It also requires use of a discount rate that reflects the current return expectation of the market in relation to present risk-free interest rates, expected equity market premiums, peer volatility indicators and company-specific risk indicators. The Company did not recognize an impairment charge during 2020 or 2019.
The significant unobservable inputs used in the determination of fair value of assets classified as Level 3 on a recurring or non-recurring basis as of December 31, 2020 are as follows:
Significant Unobservable
Valuation
Input Range
Technique
(Weighted Average)
Fair value of collateral
Estimated cost of disposal/market adjustment
9.0% - 78.4% (52.7)
11.3% - 52.9% (34.0)
Discounted cash flow
Embedded servicing value
1.0
Weighted average constant prepayment rate
9.8% - 18.8% (17.6)
1.7% - 2.2% (2.1)
Adequate compensation
7/loan
The significant unobservable inputs used in the determination of fair value of assets classified as Level 3 on a recurring or non-recurring basis as of December 31, 2019 are as follows:
9.0% - 35.0% (27.9)
9.0% - 85.7% (37.1)
52.8
3.00
The Company determines fair values based on quoted market values, where available, estimates of present values, or other valuation techniques. Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including, but not limited to, the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. In that regard, the derived fair value estimates cannot be substantiated by comparison to independent markets and, in many cases, may not be realized in immediate settlement of the instrument. Certain financial instruments and all nonfinancial instruments are excluded from fair value disclosure requirements. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented do not represent the underlying value of the Company.
The significant unobservable inputs used in the determination of the fair value of assets classified as Level 3 have an inherent measurement uncertainty that if changed could result in higher or lower fair value measurements of these assets as of the reporting date. The weighted average of the estimated cost of disposal/market adjustment for impaired loans was calculated by dividing the total of the book value of the collateral of the impaired loans classified as Level 3 by the total of the fair value of the collateral of the impaired loans classified as Level 3. The weighted average of the estimated cost of disposal/market adjustment for other real estate owned was calculated by dividing the total of the differences between the appraisal values of the real estate and the book values of the real estate divided by the totals of the appraisal values of the real estate. The weighted average of the constant prepayment rate for mortgage servicing rights was calculated by adding the constant prepayment rates used in each loan pool weighted by the balance in each loan pool. The weighted average of the discount rate for mortgage servicing rights was calculated by adding the discount rates used in each loan pool weighted by the balance in each loan pool.
The carrying amounts and estimated fair values of the Company’s other financial instruments that are not accounted for at fair value at December 31, 2020 and 2019 are as follows:
Fair
Financial assets:
7,655,044
7,028,663
Financial liabilities:
11,239,628
8,997,551
6,758
3,755
The following is a further description of the principal valuation methods used by the Company to estimate the fair values of its financial instruments.
Loans have been classified as a Level 3 valuation. Fair values for variable rate loans that reprice frequently are based on carrying values. Fair values for fixed rate loans are estimated using discounted cash flows and interest rates currently being offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers of similar credit quality.
Deposits have been classified as a Level 2 valuation. The fair value of demand deposits, interest-bearing checking deposits, savings accounts and money market deposits is the amount payable on demand at the reporting date. The fair value of time deposit obligations are based on current market rates for similar products.
Borrowings and subordinated debt held by unconsolidated subsidiary trusts have been classified as a Level 2 valuation. The fair value of FHLB overnight advances and securities sold under agreement to repurchase, short-term, is the amount payable on demand at the reporting date. Fair values for long-term borrowings and subordinated debt held by unconsolidated subsidiary trusts are estimated using discounted cash flows and interest rates currently being offered on similar securities. The difference between the carrying values of long-term borrowings and subordinated debt held by unconsolidated subsidiary trusts, and their fair values, are not material as of the reporting dates.
Other financial assets and liabilities – Cash and cash equivalents have been classified as a Level 1 valuation, while accrued interest receivable and accrued interest payable have been classified as a Level 2 valuation. The fair values of each approximate the respective carrying values because the instruments are payable on demand or have short-term maturities and present relatively low credit risk and interest rate risk.
NOTE S: DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS
The Company is party to derivative financial instruments in the normal course of its business to meet the financing needs of its customers and to manage its own exposure to fluctuations in interest rates. These financial instruments have been limited to interest rate swap agreements, commitments to originate real estate loans held for sale and forward sales commitments. The Company does not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for trading or other speculative purposes.
The Company enters into forward sales commitments for the future delivery of residential mortgage loans, and interest rate lock commitments to fund loans at a specified interest rate. The forward sales commitments are utilized to reduce interest rate risk associated with interest rate lock commitments and loans held for sale. Changes in the estimated fair value of the forward sales commitments and interest rate lock commitments subsequent to inception are based on changes in the fair value of the underlying loan resulting from the fulfillment of the commitment and changes in the probability that the loan will fund within the terms of the commitment, which is affected primarily by changes in interest rates and the passage of time. At inception and during the life of the interest rate lock commitment, the Company includes the expected net future cash flows related to the associated servicing of the loan as part of the fair value measurement of the interest rate lock commitments. These derivatives are recorded at fair value, which were immaterial at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019. The effect of the changes to these derivatives for the years then ended was also immaterial.
The Company acquired interest rate swaps in 2017 with notional amounts with certain commercial customers which totaled $14.4 million at December 31, 2020 and $16.4 million at December 31, 2019. In order to minimize the Company’s risk, these customer derivatives (pay floating/receive fixed swaps) have been offset with essentially matching interest rate swaps (pay fixed/receive floating swaps) with the Company’s counterparty totaling $14.4 million at December 31, 2020 and $16.4 million at December 31, 2019. At December 31, 2020, the weighted average receive rate of these interest rate swaps was 2.10%, the weighted average pay rate was 4.44% and the weighted average maturity was 5.2 years. At December 31, 2019, the weighted average receive rate of these interest rate swaps was 3.72%, the weighted average pay rate was 4.39% and the weighted average maturity was 6.1 years. Hedge accounting has not been applied for these derivatives. Since the terms of the swaps with the customer and the other financial institution offset each other, with the only difference being counterparty credit risk, changes in the fair value of the underlying derivative contracts are not materially different and do not significantly impact our results of operations.
The Company also acquired interest rate swaps in 2017 with notional amounts totaling $5.7 million at December 31, 2020 and $6.2 million at December 31, 2019 that were designated as fair value hedges of certain fixed rate loans with municipalities which are recorded in loans in the consolidated statements of condition. At December 31, 2020, the weighted average receive rate of these interest rate swaps was 1.42%, the weighted average pay rate was 3.11% and the weighted average maturity was 12.5 years. At December 31, 2019, the weighted average receive rate of these interest rate swaps was 2.47%, the weighted average pay rate was 3.11% and the weighted average maturity was 13.5 years. The Company includes the gain or loss on the hedged items in interest and fees on loans, the same line item as the offsetting gain or loss on the related interest rate swaps. The effects of fair value accounting in the consolidated statements of income for the years ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 is immaterial.
As of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the following amounts were recorded in the consolidated statement of condition related to cumulative basis adjustments for fair value hedges:
Cumulative Amount of
Fair Value Hedging
Line Item in the
Adjustment Included in the
Consolidated Statement
Carrying Amount
Carrying Amount of
of Condition in Which the
of the Hedged Assets
the Hedged Assets
Hedged Item Is Included
5,675
6,390
(498)
(265)
Fair values of derivative instruments as of December 31, 2020 are as follows:
Derivative Assets
Derivative Liabilities
of Condition Location
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments under Subtopic 815-20
Interest rate swaps
498
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under Subtopic 815-20
1,074
Total derivatives
Fair values of derivative instruments as of December 31, 2019 are as follows:
Consolidated Statement of
Consolidated Statement of Condition
Condition Location
Location
265
586
The Company assessed its counterparty risk at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 and determined any credit risk inherent in our derivative contracts was not material. Information about the fair value of derivative financial instruments can be found in Note R to these consolidated financial statements.
NOTE T: VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES
The Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary CCT IV is a VIE for which the Company is not the primary beneficiary. Accordingly, the accounts of this entity are not included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. See further information regarding CCT IV in Note H: Borrowings.
In connection with the Company’s acquisition of Oneida Financial Corp, the Company acquired OPFC II which holds a 50% membership interest in 706 North Clinton, an entity formed for the purpose of acquiring and rehabilitating real property. The real property held by 706 North Clinton is principally occupied by subsidiaries of the Company. The Company analyzed the operating agreement and capital structure of 706 North Clinton and determined that it was the primary beneficiary and therefore should consolidate 706 North Clinton in its financial statements. This conclusion was based on the determination that the Company has a de facto agency relationship because of the financing arrangement between the other member of 706 North Clinton and the Bank which provides OPFC II with both the power to direct the activities of 706 North Clinton and the obligation to absorb any losses of 706 North Clinton.
The carrying amount of the assets and liabilities of 706 North Clinton and the classification of these assets and liabilities in the Company’s consolidated statements of condition at December 31 is as follows:
157
138
5,782
5,945
5,987
6,125
Accrued interest and other liabilities / Total liabilities
In addition to the assets and liabilities of 706 North Clinton, the minority interest in 706 North Clinton of $3.0 million at December 31, 2020 is included in the Company’s consolidated statement of condition. The creditors of 706 North Clinton do not have a claim on the general assets of the Company. The Company’s maximum loss exposure net of minority interest in 706 North Clinton is approximately $4.3 million as of December 31, 2020, including a $1.3 million loss exposure related to the financing agreement between the other member of 706 North Clinton and the Bank.
133
NOTE U: SEGMENT INFORMATION
Operating segments are components of an enterprise, which are evaluated regularly by the “chief operating decision maker” in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance. The Company’s chief operating decision maker is the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company. The Company has identified Banking, Employee Benefit Services and All Other as its reportable operating business segments. CBNA operates the Banking segment that provides full-service banking to consumers, businesses, and governmental units in Upstate New York as well as Northeastern Pennsylvania, Vermont and Western Massachusetts. Employee Benefit Services, which includes operating subsidiaries of BPAS, BPAS-APS, BPAS Trust Company of Puerto Rico, NRS, GTC and HB&T, provides employee benefit trust, collective investment fund, retirement plan administration, fund administration, transfer agency, actuarial, VEBA/HRA, and health and welfare consulting services. The All Other segment is comprised of: (a) wealth management services including trust services provided by the personal trust unit within the Bank, broker-dealer and investment advisory services provided by CISI, The Carta Group and OneGroup Wealth Partners, as well as asset management provided by Nottingham; and (b) full-service insurance, risk management and employee benefit services provided by OneGroup. The accounting policies used in the disclosure of business segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies (See Note A).
Information about reportable segments and reconciliation of the information to the consolidated financial statements follows:
Employee
Consolidated
Benefit Services
All Other
Eliminations
367,237
943
223
69,578
103,456
61,599
(6,214)
Other operating expenses
255,955
60,709
46,854
357,304
156,200
37,966
11,910
Assets
13,762,325
217,780
82,849
(131,860)
Core deposit intangibles & Other intangibles
358,334
176
75,067
99,483
59,075
(3,006)
5,751
6,770
3,435
245,870
59,428
45,170
164,742
33,950
10,646
11,225,509
209,690
76,351
(101,255)
344,551
376
75,399
94,449
57,204
(2,993)
6,429
8,015
3,711
(782)
231,362
56,275
43,259
172,104
30,528
10,356
10,397,623
207,460
68,288
(66,076)
629,916
18,596
44,545
10,705
73,846
NOTE V: SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
Companies are required to evaluate events and transactions that occur after the balance sheet date but before the date the financial statements are issued. They must recognize in the financial statements the effect of all events or transactions that provide additional evidence of conditions that existed at the balance sheet date, including the estimates inherent in the financial preparation process. Entities do not recognize the impact of events or transactions that provide evidence about conditions that did not exist at the balance sheet date but arose after that date.
Such events and transactions were evaluated through the date these consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.
On January 20, 2021, the Company received approval from its Board of Directors to redeem all of the $77.3 million CCT IV debentures and associated preferred securities. On February 11, 2021, the Company provided notice of the redemption to the security holders and the redemption is expected to be completed on March 15, 2021 at par.
135
Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on our evaluation, management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2020.
The consolidated financial statements of the Company have been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm that was engaged to express an opinion as to the fairness of presentation of such financial statements. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP was also engaged to audit the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. The report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP follows this report.
Community Bank System, Inc.
By: /s/ Mark E. Tryniski
Mark E. Tryniski,
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
By: /s/ Joseph E. Sutaris
Joseph E. Sutaris,
Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Community Bank System, Inc.
Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of condition of Community Bank System, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the related consolidated statements of income, of comprehensive income, of changes in shareholders’ equity and of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO.
Change in Accounting Principle
As discussed in Notes A and D to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for the allowance for credit losses in 2020.
Basis for Opinions
The Company’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.
Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Critical Audit Matters
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.
Allowance for Credit Losses – Qualitative Macroeconomic Adjustments
As described in Notes A and D to the consolidated financial statements, management estimates the allowance for credit losses using relevant available information, from internal and external sources, relating to past events, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. As of December 31, 2020, the allowance for credit losses was $60.9 million on loans of $7.4 billion. Historical credit loss experience provides the basis for the estimation of expected credit losses. Adjustments are made for differences in current loan-specific risk characteristics such as differences in underwriting standards, portfolio mix, acquired loans, delinquency level, risk ratings or term of loans as well as changes in macroeconomic conditions, such as changes in unemployment rates. For qualitative macroeconomic adjustments, management uses third party forecasted economic data scenarios utilizing a base scenario and two alternative scenarios.
The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to qualitative macroeconomic adjustments to the allowance for credit losses is a critical audit matter are (i) the significant judgment by management in determining the macroeconomic qualitative adjustments, which led to a high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity, and effort in performing procedures and evaluating related evidence; and (ii) the audit effort involved the use of professionals with specialized skill and knowledge.
Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to the Company’s allowance for credit losses estimation process, including controls over qualitative macroeconomic adjustments. These procedures also included, among others, testing management’s process for determining qualitative macroeconomic adjustments to the allowance for credit losses, including evaluating the appropriateness of management’s methodology, testing data used in the qualitative macroeconomic adjustments, and evaluating the determination of the impact of forecasted macroeconomic conditions. Professionals with specialized skill and knowledge were used to assist in evaluating the reasonableness of the qualitative macroeconomic adjustments.
/s/PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Buffalo, New York
March 1, 2021
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1984.
TWO YEAR SELECTED QUARTERLY DATA (Unaudited)
2020 Results
(000's omitted, except per share data)
Quarter
93,433
92,965
91,951
90,054
(3,101)
9,774
5,594
96,534
91,020
82,177
57,200
59,659
52,938
58,622
Noninterest expenses
95,002
96,966
90,903
93,663
58,732
53,713
44,212
49,419
12,247
10,904
8,964
9,285
46,485
42,809
35,248
40,134
0.86
0.80
0.79
2019 Results
92,740
91,276
88,300
86,859
2,857
1,751
89,883
89,525
86,900
84,437
57,123
57,094
60,706
55,696
95,269
96,929
91,176
88,652
51,737
49,690
56,430
51,481
8,853
10,472
11,415
9,535
42,884
39,218
45,015
41,946
0.87
0.81
0.75
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rule 13a -15(e) and 15d – 15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, designed to: (i) record, process, summarize, and report within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and (ii) accumulate and communicate to management, including the principal executive and principal financial officers, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding disclosure. Based on evaluation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures, with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and the Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), the CEO and CFO have concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, these disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2020.
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Management’s annual report on internal control over financial reporting is included under the heading “Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting” at Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm
The report of the Company’s registered public accounting firm is included under the heading “Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” at Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
The Company continually assesses the adequacy of its internal control over financial reporting and enhances its controls in response to internal control assessments, and internal and external audit and regulatory recommendations. No change in internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2020 has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate due to changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Item 9B. Other Information
Part III
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
The information required to be furnished by this Item 10 pursuant to Items 401, 405, 406 and 407(c)(3), (d)(4) and (d)(5) of Regulation S-K will be included in the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2021 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, to be filed with the SEC on or about March 25, 2021 (the “Proxy Statement”). The information concerning the Company’s Directors will appear under the caption “Director Nominee Qualifications and Experience” in the Proxy Statement. The information concerning the Company’s Code of Ethics will appear under the caption “Code of Ethics” in the Proxy Statement. The information regarding the Company’s Audit Committee and the Audit Committee Financial Expert will appear under the caption “Audit Committee Report.” The information regarding compliance with Section 16(a) will appear under the caption “Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports.” Such information is incorporated herein by reference. The information concerning the Company’s executive officers is presented under Item 4A contained in Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Item 11. Executive Compensation
The information required by this Item 11 is incorporated herein by reference to the sections entitled “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Compensation Committee Report,” “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation,” and “Executive Compensation” in the Company’s Proxy Statement.
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
The information required by Item 403 of Regulation S-K is incorporated herein by reference to the section entitled “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners, Directors and Executive Officers” in the Company’s Proxy Statement. The information required by Item 201(d) of Regulation S-K concerning equity compensation plans is presented under the caption “Equity Compensation Plan Information” on page 30 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence
The information required by this Item 13 is incorporated herein by reference to the sections entitled “Director Independence” and “Related Persons Transactions” in the Company’s Proxy Statement.
Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services
The information required by this Item 14 is incorporated herein by reference to the section entitled “Fees Paid to PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP” in the Company’s Proxy Statement.
Part IV
Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
(a) Documents filed as part of this report
-Consolidated Statements of Condition,
-Consolidated Statements of Income,
-Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income,
-Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity,
-Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows,
-Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements,
-Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
-Quarterly selected data,
Years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 (unaudited)
Assignment, Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of January 19, 2012, by and among Community Bank, N.A. and First Niagara Bank, N.A. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 20, 2012 (Registration No. 001-13695).
2.2
Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of January 19, 2012, by and among Community Bank, N.A. and First Niagara Bank, N.A. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 20, 2012 (Registration No. 001-13695).
2.3
Assignment, Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of January 19, 2012, by and between Community Bank, N.A. and First Niagara Bank, N.A., as amended as restated as of July 19, 2012. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 99.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 24, 2012 (Registration No. 001-13695).
2.4
Amendment No. 1 to Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of September 6, 2012, by and among Community Bank, N.A. and First Niagara Bank, N.A. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 13, 2012 (Registration No. 001-13695).
Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of July 23, 2013, by and between Community Bank, N.A. and Bank of America, N.A. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 2.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 26, 2013 (Registration No. 001-13695).
2.6
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of February 24, 2015, by and between Community Bank System, Inc. and Oneida Financial Corp. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 25, 2015 (Registration No. 001-13695).
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of October 22, 2016, by and between Community Bank System, Inc. and Merchants Bancshares, Inc. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 27, 2016 (Registration No. 001-13695).
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of December 2, 2016, by and among Community Bank System, Inc., Northeast Retirement Services, Inc., Cohiba Merger Sub, LLC and Shareholder Representative Services LLC. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 8, 2016 (Registration No. 001-13695).
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of January 21, 2019, by and among Community Bank System, Inc., VB Merger Sub Inc., and Kinderhook Bank Corp. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 25, 2019 (Registration No. 001-13695).
2.10
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of October 18, 2019, by and between Community Bank System, Inc. and Steuben Trust Corporation. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 24, 2019 (Registration No. 001-13695).
3.1
Certificate of Incorporation of Community Bank System, Inc., as amended. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 3.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on October 20, 2000 (Registration No. 333-48374).
3.2
Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation of Community Bank System, Inc. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 3.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 7, 2004 (Registration No. 001-13695).
3.3
Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation of Community Bank System, Inc. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 3.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 9, 2013 (Registration No. 001-13695).
Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation, dated May 20, 2020. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 3.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 22, 2020 (Registration No. 001-13695).
142
3.5
Bylaws, dated May 20, 2020. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 3.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 22, 2020 (Registration No. 001-13695)
4.1
Form of Common Stock Certificate. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 4.1 to the Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-3 filed on September 29, 2008 (Registration No. 333-153403).
4.2
Registration Rights Agreement, dated February 3, 2017, by and among Community Bank System, Inc. and the individuals and entities set forth on Schedule 1 thereto. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-3 filed on February 3, 2017 (Registration No. 333-215894).
4.3
Form of Replacement Organizers’ Warrant to purchase Community Bank System, Inc. Common Stock. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 18, 2017 (Registration No. 001-13695). (2)
4.4
First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 12, 2017, by and among Wilmington Trust Company, Community Bank System, Inc., and Merchants Bancshares, Inc. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 4.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 18, 2017 (Registration No. 001-13695). (2)
4.5
Description of Community Bank System, Inc.’s securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act.
10.1
Indenture, dated as of December 8, 2006, between Community Bank System, Inc. and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 12, 2006 (Registration No. 001-13695).
10.2
Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, dated as of December 8, 2006, among Community Bank System, Inc., as sponsor, Wilmington Trust Company, as Delaware trustee, Wilmington Trust Company, as institutional trustee, and Mark E. Tryniski, Scott A. Kingsley, and Joseph J. Lemchak as administrators. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 12, 2006 (Registration No. 001-13695).
10.3
Guarantee Agreement, dated as of December 8, 2006, between Community Bank System, Inc., as guarantor, and Wilmington Trust Company, as guarantee trustee. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 8-K filed on December 12, 2006 (Registration No. 001-13695).
10.4
Employment Agreement, dated as of January 4, 2021, by and between Community Bank System, Inc., Community Bank, N.A., and Mark E. Tryniski. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 6, 2021 (Registration No. 001-13695). (2)
10.5
Supplemental Retirement Plan Agreement, effective as of December 31, 2008, by and among Community Bank, N.A., Community Bank System, Inc., and Mark E. Tryniski. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 19, 2009 (Registration No. 001-13695). (2)
10.6
Amendment to Supplemental Retirement Plan Agreement, dated January 5, 2018, by and among Community Bank System, Inc., Community Bank, N.A. and Mark E. Tryniski. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 5, 2018 (Registration No. 001-13695). (2)
10.7
Employment Agreement, dated December 31, 2019, by and among Community Bank System, Inc., Community Bank, N.A. and Scott A. Kingsley. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 7, 2020 (Registration No. 001-13695). (2)
10.8
Supplemental Retirement Plan Agreement, effective September 29, 2009, by and between Community Bank System Inc., Community Bank, N.A., and Scott Kingsley. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 1, 2009 (Registration No. 001-13695). (2)
143
10.9
Retirement and Release Agreement, dated March 13, 2020, by and among Community Bank System, Inc., Community Bank, N.A. and Scott A. Kingsley. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 19, 2020 (Registration No. 001-13695). (2)
10.10
Supplemental Retirement Plan Agreement, dated as of October 18, 2013, by and between Community Bank System Inc., Community Bank, N.A., and Brian D. Donahue. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 23, 2013 (Registration No. 001-13695). (2)
10.11
Employment Agreement, dated December 31, 2019, by and among Community Bank System, Inc., Community Bank, N.A. and George J. Getman. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 7, 2020 (Registration No. 001-13695). (1)
10.12
Supplemental Retirement Plan Agreement, dated as of October 18, 2013, by and among Community Bank System, Inc., Community Bank, N.A., and George J. Getman. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 23, 2013 (Registration No. 001-13695). (2)
10.13
Employment Agreement, dated as of March 11, 2016, by and among Community Bank System, Inc., Community Bank N.A., and Joseph F. Serbun. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 16, 2016 (Registration No. 001-13695). (2)
10.14
Employment Agreement, dated January 4, 2019, by and among Community Bank System, Inc., Community Bank, N.A. and Joseph F. Serbun. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 8, 2019 (Registration No. 001-13695). (2)
10.15
Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated March 13, 2020, by and among Community Bank System, Inc., Community Bank, N.A. and Joseph F. Serbun. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 19, 2020 (Registration No. 001-13695). (2)
Employment Agreement, dated as of January 4, 2021, by and between Community Bank System, Inc., Community Bank, N.A., and Joseph E. Sutaris. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 6, 2021 (Registration No. 001-13695). (2)
10.17
Pre-2005 Supplemental Retirement Agreement, effective December 31, 2004, by and between Community Bank System, Inc., Community Bank, N.A., and Sanford Belden. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10.3 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 15, 2005 (Registration No. 001-13695). (2)
10.18
Post-2004 Supplemental Retirement Agreement, effective January 1, 2005, by and between Community Bank System, Inc., Community Bank, N.A., and Sanford Belden. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10.2 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 15, 2005 (Registration No. 001-13695). (2)
10.19
Supplemental Retirement Plan Agreement, effective March 26, 2003, by and between Community Bank System Inc. and Thomas McCullough. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10.11 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 12, 2004 (Registration No. 001-13695). (2)
2004 Long-Term Incentive Compensation Program, as amended. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 99.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed on December 19, 2012 (Registration No. 001-13695). (2)
2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 2, 2017 (Registration No. 001-13695). (2)
10.22
Stock Balance Plan for Directors, as amended. Incorporated by reference to Annex I to the Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on March 31, 1998 (Registration No. 001-13695). (2)
144
10.23
Community Bank System, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 99.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed on June 30, 2017 (Registration No. 333-219098). (2)
10.24
Community Bank System, Inc. Pension Plan Amended and Restated as of January 1, 2004. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10.27 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 15, 2005 (Registration No. 001-13695). (2)
10.25
Amendment #1 to the Community Bank System, Inc. Pension Plan, as amended and restated as of January 1, 2004 (“Plan”). Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10.27 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 15, 2005 (Registration No. 001-13695). (2)
10.26
Community Bank System, Inc. 401(k) Employee Stock Ownership Plan, dated as of December 20, 2011. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed on December 20, 2013 (Registration No. 001-13695). (2)
10.27
Merchants Bancshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries Amended and Restated 1996 Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Merchants Bancshares, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 15, 2011. (2)
10.28
Merchants Bancshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries Amended and Restated 2008 Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors and Trustees. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Merchants Bancshares, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 15, 2011. (2)
10.29
Merchants Bank Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Merchants Bancshares, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 15, 2011. (2)
10.30
Merchants Bank Salary Continuation Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Merchants Bancshares, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 15, 2011. (2)
10.31
Community Bank System, Inc. Restoration Plan, effective June 1, 2018. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10.4 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 21, 2018 (Registration No. 001-13695). (2)
Subsidiaries of Registrant. (1)
23.1
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. (1)
31.1
Certification of Mark E. Tryniski, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Registrant, pursuant to Rule 13a-15(e) or Rule 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. (1)
31.2
Certification of Joseph E. Sutaris, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer of the Registrant, pursuant to Rule 13a-15(e) or Rule 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. (1)
32.1
Certification of Mark E. Tryniski, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Registrant, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. (3)
32.2
Certification of Joseph E. Sutaris, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer of the Registrant, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. (3)
101.INS
Inline XBRL Instance Document – the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document. (4)
101.SCH
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document (4)
101.CAL
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document (4)
101.DEF
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document (4)
101.LAB
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document (4)
101.PRE
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document (4)
Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101) (4)
B. Not applicable.
C. Not applicable.
Item 16. Form 10-K Summary
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
By:
/s/ Mark E. Tryniski
President and Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on the 1st day of March 2021.
(Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ Joseph E. Sutaris
(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)
Directors:
/s/ Brian R. Ace
/s/ Raymond C. Pecor, III
Brian R. Ace, Director
Raymond C. Pecor, III, Director
/s/ Mark J. Bolus
/s/ Susan E. Skerritt
Mark J. Bolus, Director
Susan E. Skerritt, Director
/s/ Jeffrey L. Davis
/s/ Sally A. Steele
Jeffrey L. Davis, Director
Sally A. Steele, Director and Chair of the
Board of Directors
/s/ Neil E. Fesette
/s/ Eric E. Stickels
Neil E. Fesette, Director
Eric E. Stickels, Director
/s/ Kerrie D. MacPherson
/s/ John F. Whipple, Jr.
Kerrie D. MacPherson, Director
John F. Whipple Jr., Director
/s/ John Parente
John Parente, Director